IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 I.I I la lll|2|0 1.8 !'-2^ '-^ •* ^ ^ 6" ► V v^ .>, •>/ Photographic Sciences Corporation 73 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, NY. 14580 (716) 872-4503 CIHM/ICMH Microfiche Series. CIHM/ICMH Collection de microfiches. Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut cenadien de microreproductions historiques Technical and Bibliographic Notes/Notes techniques et bibliographiques The Institute has attempted to obtain the best original copy available for filming. Features of this copy which may be bibliographically unique, which may alter any of the images in the reproduction, or which may significantly change the usual method of filming, are checked below. n n D D □ Coloured covers/ Couverture de couleur Covers damaged/ Couverture endommagde Covers restored ariu/or laminated/ Couverture restaur^e et/ou pelliculAe Cover title missing/ Le titre de couverture manque Coloured maps/ Cartes gdographiques en couleur □ Coloured ink (i.e. other than blue or black)/ Encre de couleur (i.e. autre que bleue ou noire) I I Coloured plates and/or illustrations/ Planches et/ou illustrations en couleur Bound with other material/ Reli6 av9c d'autres documents Tight binding may cause shadows or distortion along interior margin/ Lareliure serr6e paut causer de I'ombre ou de la distortion le long de la marge int6rieure Blank leaves added during restoration may appear within the text. Whenever possible, these have been omitted from filming/ II se peut que certaines pages blanches ajouties lors d'une restauration apparaissent dans le texte, mais, lorsque cela itait possible, ces pages n'ont pas 6t6 filmdes. L'institut a microfilm^ le meilleur exemplaire qu'il lui a 6t6 possible de se procurer. Les details de cet exemplaire qui sont peut-dtre uniques du point de vue bibliographique, qui peuvent modifier une image reproduite, ou qui peuvent exiger une modification dans I& mithode normale de filmage sont indiquis ci-dessous. I I Coloured pages/ Pages de couleur Pages damaged/ Pages endommagdes Pages restored and/oi Pages restaur6es et/ou pelliculdes Pages discoloured, stained or foxei Pages ddcolordes, tachetdes ou piqu6es Pages detached/ Pages d6tach6es I I Pages damaged/ j I Pages restored and/or laminated/ r~~l Pages discoloured, stained or foxed/ I I Pages detached/ v/ Showthrough/ Transparence I I Quality of print varies/ Quality indgale de I'impression Includes supplementary material/ Comprend du materiel suppl^mentaire Only edition available/ Seule Edition disponible n Pages wholly or pertially obscured by errata slips, tissues, etc., have been refilmed to ensure the best possible image/ Les pages totalement ou partiellement obscurcies par un feuillet d'errata, une pelure, etc., ont St4 film^es A nouveau de facon d obtenir la meilleure image possible. Additional comments:/ Commentaires suppl^mentaires; Wrinkled pages may film slightly ouf of focus. This item is filmed at the reduction ratio checked below/ Ce document est filmd au taux de reduction indiqui ci-dessous. 10X 14X 18X 22X 26X 30X J 1 12X 16X 20X 24X 28X 32X The copy filmed here has been reproduced thanks to the generosity of: L'exempiaire filmi fut reproduit grAce d la g^nAroaiti de: University of Windsor University of Windsor The images appearing here are the best quality possible considering the condition and legibility of the original copy and in Iceeping with the filming contract specifications. , Original copies in printed paper covers are filmed beginning with the front cover and ending on the last page with a printed or illustrated impres- sion, or the back cover when appropriate. All other original copies are filmed beginning on the first page with a printed or illustrated impres- sion, and ending on the last page with a printed or illustrated impression. The last recorded frame on each microfiche shall contain the symbol — ^>- (meaning "CON- TINUED"), or the symbol V (meaning "END"), whichever applies. Las images suivantes ont iti reproduites avec Is plus grand soin, compte tenu de la condition et de la nettet* de I'exemplaire fiimi, et en conformity avec les conditions du contrat de filmage. Les exemplaires originaux dont la couverture en papier est imprimte sont filmte en commenpant par le premier plat et en terminant soit par la derniire page qui comporte une empreinte d'impression ou d'iilustration, soit par le second plat, seinn le cas. Tous les autres exemplaires originaux sont filmte en commenqant par la premiere page fiiui comporte une empreinte d'impression ou d'iilustration et en terminant par la derniire page qui comporte une telle empreinte. Un des symboles suivants apparaitra sur la derniire image de cho ,ue microfiche, selon le cas: le symbols -^ signifie "A SUIVRE ", le symbols V signifie "FIN". Maps, plates, charts, etc.. may be filmed at different reduction ratios. Those too large to be entirely included in one exposure are filmed beginning in the upper left hand corner, left to right and top to bottom, as many frames as required. The following diagrams illustrate tf e method: Les cartes, planches, tableaux, etc., peuvent dtre fflm6s A des taux de rMuction diff^rents. Lorsque le document est trop grand pour dtriit reproduit en un seul cliche, il est fiim6 d partir de I'angle supirieur gauche, de gauche d droite, et de haut en bas, en prenant le nombre d'images nAcessaire. Les diagrammes suivants illustrent la m^thode. 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 n \* VA ▲T T HK DOCTRINES AND DISCIPLINE . y or TBI BT OBDBR OF THB CONFBBENOS. PUBLISHED BT ANSON OBBBN, ▲T TBI OONrEBBMCX OFFICS, NO. 9 WELLQiaTON BOILDZN«l| 1864. ~t 'f:.i -f V il •y ( * 1 '0 6 ■1 i* ■•*:!> \ kJ w .A6 ♦b* «^viv-t In *. « t .^ ~ T?- j«ft>ijiyb,j4, -,i:>j^.ri i;j - >; ^* 1. '^a : :^)€ •-»»JP>»..«C , ,.^« , ■P»."if ' #■ ■ ■ ' '-' ^^^ CONTENTS. '-^ -5^^^" ' '' >' » :..\ fi u- ^^r*.;.,?;^ — ■- ..,^, 5f«,j -jj ^<;,^ .. Chapter I. ■ s*^- ' 8io. 1. Articles of Beligion T CHURCH COURTS. Sio, 1. Of the Conference It " 2. Of District Meetings 26 <' 3. Of Local Preachers and their Meetings 44 " Of Quarterly Official Meetings 48 Chapter m. \ ,U,, „ , OF MINISTERS, PREACHERS, AND THEIRlDfTIES. Sio. 1. Appointment of Presidents and their Duty. .. 60 " 2. Chairmen of Districts and their Duty. * • • 62 ** 3. Duties of Superintendents • ..«.. 55 « 4. Of the Duty of Trayelling Preachers. 61 " 6. Of the Election and Ordination of Ministers, and their Duty 64 ^ 6. Of the Reception of Ministers from other > Churches 66 <( 7. Rules by which we should continue or desist from Preaching lat any place 66 : ;'* 8» Of the matter and manner of Preaching and other Public Exercises ••67 ] ** 9. Of th0 Duly of Ministers and Pxeachors, to God, themielyes, and one another •••..• ••••..•• 68 108732 / li ! - , W tOSITIBNTi. • Sio. 10. Of visiting from house to house, and enforcing practical religion 71 ** 11. Of the relation cf Baptiied Children to the Church 78 " 12. Of employing our time profitably when not engaged in Public Exercises 80 ^ " 13. Of the necessity of Union amongst Ourselves 81 ^ " 14. Of Public Worship 83 ** 15. Of the Spirit and Truth of Singing 83 >■ < ; ' Chapter IV. " f *" ■ ■ ■-■.,.,+> f,o OP MEMBERS OP THE CHURCH. . V Sio. 1. The Origin, Design, and General Rules of onr v^' United Societies '. 85 « 2. Of the Band Societies 90 « 3. Of Class Meetings 93 '^.■■** 4. Of the Privileges granted to serious persons €'$ ... who are not of our Church •«.. 95 U** 6. Of Marriage , 96 £/.«< .6. Of.Dress. 97 r , ^-.u\:^:.:'. \. .. . Chapter V. •- ^ '- "-''■ ■'• '' OF BRINGING MINISTERS AND MEMBERS TO TRIAL, 13 ANDQFINSOLY^NOJDS, ANDTHE SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES. ;.i..j. ..::. -•■ .hiW.^ •'- ■.?S .V "^' 810.. 1. Of the Trial of Ministers and Travelling *^«s. pyeachfers.. » 98 « 3. Ofthd Trial Of Local Preachers....... 102 i. " S. Of the Trial of other Mepibers of the Church .' . 103 V" tilt 111! i,ii«ai, .»*t»t?« »4tv' ik'MM' tS:>i'V ■»'^l-*i»^ti4»,-. . jj ■-' • \~" > . ■. ,■ \ ■ . ■» "■. f i ' ■ ircing 71 • • « • • • • JO the 78 n not 80 lelvoB 81 ..... 82 83 i ►f onr 85 90 • . . . « vw rsons .... 95 .... 96 . . . . ' V i TRIAL, .:m"%'^> ON THE CONSTITUTION OF THE FUNDS AND COMMITTEES OF CONNBXIONAL SOCIETIES. 8io. 1. The Book and Printing Establishment 191 *y 2. Superannuated Ministers' Fund 195 " 3. Contingent Fund 198 " 4. The Children's Fond , 292 '*^l tfONTXNTS. 810. 5. TheChurehBelielFoiul 206 " «. The Education Pand 200 " 7. Const! ttition of Missionary Society 210 ^* " a. Constitution of S. S. Union 210 " 0. Constitution of Traot Society 23 1 " 10. The Model Deed 237 t > r y w ;f - ■f "^ ■^' * • • • • 1 .• . , / 1 ■ '-. ^*! ' ■ . ; V • ■ • a • ....... . T _;( ; c- r>', ■r.li: '•*^ ; » I ,' > ••*'•*■•. • * * » '- * • ' 4 * ft • ( t t • I itr * > ' % •I fc'.; .;rT ;-; M^ u '<- .V DOCTRINES AND DISCIPLINE. CHAPTER I. AETICLES OP RELIGION. ' /. 0/ Faith in the Holy Trinity, There is but one living and true God, everlastingr I without body or parts, of infinite power, wisdom, and goodness ; the maker and preserver of all things, visible land invisible. And in unity of this Godhead, there are jthree Persons, of one substance, power and eternity ; Ithe Father, the Son, and the Holy Ghost. \IL Of the Word, or Son of God, who was made '"■'-■" ^■■■■': ■'■ ' verjf man, ' ^^'--"- "'"-- "•-■'' t The Son, who is the Word of the Father, the very ind Eternal God, of one substance with the Father, took lan's nature in^the womb of the blessed Virgin ; so that two whole and perfect natures, that is to say, the God- lead and Manhood, were joined together in one person, lever to be divided, whereof is one Christ, very God and ^ery man, who truly suffered, was crucified, dead and I l> • ABTICLX8 or RSLIOION. buried, to reoonoile his Father to us, and to be a sacrifioe, not only for original guilt, but also for the actual sins of men. ///. Of the Resurrection of Christ* Christ did truly rise again from the dead, and took again his body, with all things appertaining to the perfection of man's nature, wherewith he ascended into Heaven, and there eitteth until he returns to judge all men at the last day. ^n > \\ ' i IV, Of the Holy Ghost, "" The Holy Ghost, proceeding from the Father and the Son, is of one substance, majesty, and glory with the Father and the Son, very and eternal God. i*A i'hti' .;!i,'i-V K The sufficiency of the Holy Scfijotures for Salvation, The Holy Scriptures contain all things necessary to ' Salvation; so that whatsoever is not read therein, nor! may be proved thereby, is not to be required of any man that it should be believed as an article of faith, or be thought requisite or necessary to salvation. In the name of the Holy Scriptures, we do understand those canonical books of the Old and and New Testament, of | whose authority was never any doubt in the Church. ARTICLES OF RELIGION. ' TBI NA1I18 or TBI OANONIOAL BOOKS. Genesis. Exodus. Leyitious. Numbers. Deuteronomy* Joshua. Judges. Ruth. The First Book of Samuel. The Second Book of Samuel. The First Book of Kings. The Second Book of Kings, The First Book of Chronicles. The Second Book of Chronicles. The Book of Ezra. The Book of Nehemiah. The Book of Esther.. _ The Book of Job. The Psalms. The Proverbs, Ecclesiastes, or the Preacher. Cantica, or the Songs of Solomon. Four Prophets the greater. Twelve Prophets the less. All the Books of the New Testament, as they are commonly received, we do receive and account canonical. 10 ABTICLBS OF RELIGION. li I li ! YL Of the Old Tescammt. The Old Testament is not contrary to the New ; for both in the Old and New Testament, everlasting life is offered to mankind by Christ, who is the only Mediator between God and man. Wherefore they Are not to be heard, who feign that the old fathers did look only for transitory promises. Although the law given from God to Moses, as touching ceremonies and rites, doth not bind Christians, nor ought the civil precepts thereof of necessity to be received in any commonwealth ; yet not- withstanding, no Christian whatsoever is free from the obedience of the commandments which are called moral. 'm'i:^ m it' VIL Of Origimd or Birth Sin. '% Original sin standeth not in the following of Adam, (as the Peli^ians do vainly talk), but it is the corrup- tion of the nature of every man that naturally is engen- dered of the offspring of Adam, whereby man is very far gone from original righteousness, and of his own nature inclined to evil, and that continually. ^^ ^ ' ^ ■Ti .? >»■ VIU, Of Free Will. The condition of man after the (all of Adam is such, that he cannot turn and prepare himself by his own natural strength and works, to faith, and calling upon God f wherefore we have no power to do good works, #ifiK.^U#- ABTICLB8 OF RELIGION. 11 Ipleasant and acceptable to God, without the Grace of God by Christ preventing us, that we may have a good willy and working with us, when we have that good will. IX* Of the Justification of Man. We are accounted righteous before God, only for the I merit of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ, by fiuth, and not for our own works or .?t ,h » Ans. I. While we are conversing, let us have an especial care to se^ God always before us. 2. In the intermediate hours, le:; us redeem all the time we can for private exercises. '^'' ■■ >--!-■; 3. Therein let us give ourselves to prayer for one another, and for a blessing on our labour. Ques. 2. Who shall compose the Conference, and what are the regulations and powers belonging to it? Ans. 1. The Conference in its extended sense, is constituted as defined in the Model Deed. 2. The Conference, assembled for the transaction of business, shall be composed of the President, Ex- President, and all ministers who have been appointed by their District Meetings to attend its sessions ; also of all the Preachers who have been recommended by their District Meetings, and received intofuU con- nexion. . THB CONFBRBKCB. 1% 3. At all times, when the Conference is met, it shaP take a majority of those appointed to attend to make a quorum for transacting business. 4. The Conference shall have full powers to make rules and regulations for the t huroh, under the following limitations and restriclion.s viz : — ,m}ipii t First- Tha Conference shall not make, alter, or change our Articles of Eeligion, nor establish any new standards of doctrine, contrary to our present existing and established standards of doctrine. » f,.., Second — They shall not change or alter, or make any regulations that will interfere with, or infringe the Articles of Union betvveen this and the British Confer- ence, ratified in the year 1847. - • - v , Third — They shall not revoke or change the General Rules of the United Societies. Fourth — They shall not do away with the privileges of our Ministers or Preacuers of trial by a committee, and of an appeal . neitlier shall they do away with the privileges of our Members oi" trial before the society, or by a committee, and ot" an appeal. ,* , Fifth — The Coijfercnce shall have authority to locate any oF its members by a majority of two-thirds of those appointed to attend ; provided no person shall be located without one year's notice ; wiiich notice cannot be given after he has travelled fifteen years. The Confer- ence shall afford such assistance to any brother, so retiring, as it may judge expedient. .'A 80 TBI CONrBBBMOC. ill Sixth — They shall not appropriate the profits of the Book r«; a to any purpose other than for the benefit of the Travelling Ministers and Preaohers, the Super- annuated Ministers, their widows and children. Seventh — No new rule or regulation, or alteration of any rule or regulation, now in force, respecting our temporal economy, such as building of churches, the order to be observed therein ; the allowance to the Min- isters and Preachers, their widows and children ; the raising annual supplies for the propagation of the GospeA (the Missions excepted) ; for making up the allowances of the Ministers, Preachers, &c., shall be considered as of any force or authority, till such rule, regulation, or alteration shall have been laid before the several Quar- terly Official Meetings throughout the whole Connexion, and shall have received the consent and advice of a majority of the members, who may be present at the time of laying such rule, regulation or aHeration before them, of two thirds of the said Quarterly Official Meetings. Eighth — Nor shall any new rule, regulation or altera- tion, respecting the doctrines of our Church, the rights and privileges of our members, such as the receiving per- sons on trial, and into full connexion, the conditions on which they shall retain their membership, the manner of bringing to trial, finding guilty, and reproving, sus- pending, or ezolading disorderly persons from Church ii ' THE CONFERENCE. 91 pvileges, have any force or authority until laid before le Quarterly Official Meetings, and approved as afore- lid : provided, nevertheless, that a vote of a majority |f two-thirds of the Ministers appointed to attend the Conference, shall suffice to alter or do away any of the )ove restrictions except the first, seventh, and eighth, |»hich shall not be done away or altered without the )nsent of two-thirds of the Quarterly Official Meetings ^roughout the Connexion : also, except the second striction, which shall not be done away or altered ithout the recommendation or consent of the British )nference. i -^ .-rX^-V ■■•(. i-S::^ H «# Ninth — Any resolution involving a change in the ^inciples and rules of our economy shall require for its ^option a majority of two-thirds oAhe Conference. Ques* 8. Who shall appoint the time and place of Riding the sessions of the Conference ? Ans. The Conference shall appoint the time and place its own sitting. .. ^ .^ c^- ^.^r./ f Ques. 4. What is the usual order of conducting the ^sin ess of the Conference, Ans, After the President has opened the Conference ^th the usual devotional exercises, he shall inquire, — 1. Who have been appointed by the respective Dis- [ct Meetings to attend the Conference; and what' 3mbers of Conference are now present ? [After which the Secretary shall be elected by ballot. fit THB COMriniKCB. Ill . m m\ 2. Are there any objections to any of our Ministenj or Preachers ? 3. Who compose the several Conference Committees ? I —The Stationing Committee? — Pastoral Address? — Beply to British Conference Address ? — On Memorials and Misoellapeons Resolutions ? — On Revision and Re- turns ?— -Sabbath Schools ?--Contingent Fund?— Chil- dren's Fund ?-— Church Relief Fund ?— Education off Candidates for our Ministry? — And the Missionary: Committee ? — and, What Laymen are appointed for thej Feveral Committees on Connexional Funds? : 4. What Preachers are this year admitted into fUlIj connexion with the Conference and ordained ? 5. What Preachers remain on trial f • 4'^ Who have travelled three years ? ^ ^' ^ ^ Who have travelled ttco years ? V Who have travelled emc year ? 6. What Preachers are on the List of Reserve ? 7. What Preachers are now received on trial f 8. Who have died since last Conference ? 9. Who are the Superannuated Ministers ? 10. W)io are the Supernumerary Ministers? 11. What persons, who were in full connexion with] the Conference, now cease to he recognized as Ministers! among us? 12. Who are now deposed from the office of the Min- istry ? TUl CONrBRSNCl< 13. Who are now deposed from the offioo of the Min- istry, and expelled from the Church ? 14. How are the Ministers and Preachers stationed for the ensuing year ? 15. What is the number of Church Members, Places )f Worship, Attendance on Worship on each Circuit and Vlission, and, What i& the number of Baptisms adminis- 3red, and Marriages solemnized by each Minister ? 16. What is the number of Ministers, Preachers, and iLaymen, in the Quarterly official Meetings ? Of Sab- bath Schools? and, What Connexional Property? These questions to be answered in accordance with the [authorized Conference Schedule. 17. What has been collected on each District for the various Connexional Funds ? Have these amounts been remitted at the proper time to the several Treasurers; and paid over to the several claimants ? 18. What are the Reports of the several Committees ? — The Book Committee ? Pastoral Address ? Reply to British Conference Address? On Memorials and Miscellaneous Resolutions ? On Revision and Returns? Sabbath Schools? Contingent Fund ? Children's Fund ? Church Relief Fund ? Education of Candidates for our Ministry ? Superannuation Fund ? - ■ 19. What further measures can be adopted for the promotion of the work, within or beyond the bounds of i'llowing questions, distinctively/ and successively/ j con- rning every brother : 1. Is there any objection to his moral and religious character ? 2. Does he believe and preach all our doctrines ? 3. Has he duly observed and enforced our discipline? 4. Has he been punctual in attending all his appoint- ments ? 5. Has he competent abilities for our itinerant work ? A separate answer to each of these questions is ex- pected to appear on the District Minutes. ' - The Chairmen are required to examine into the case of every Minister who has married during the yean whether the fourth of the ** Rules of a Preacher" has been obeyed, which says, *' Take no steps towards mar- riage without first consulting your brethren j" and to 2ft DISTRICT MEETINGS. ,^1 I'll .J // report to the Conference any cases in which that impor- tant direction shall appear to have been violated. This | rule shall be considered as requiring in particular a con- sultation with the Chairman of his District, his Super- intendent, or some senior Minister competent to give ad- vice in the case. T^ird — Who go to Conference ? The District Meetings respectively shall have the right of appointing the Ministers who are to attend the Con- ference, but they shall not exceed the number author- ized annually by the Conference : and shall be subject to the following limitations, viz : — 1. Let not all the Ministers from any Circuit ever come to Conference, except from within such a distance of the place where it is held, as will admit of their sup- plying their places on the Lord's day : or except in very special cases, a majority of two thirds of the District Meeting shall decide that all the brethren in any Circuit ought to attend. 2. Let those who attend set out as late, and return as early as possible ; and in case of changes it is expected that the newly appointed Ministers and Preachers will be on their respective Circuits not later than the first Sabbath in July ; and those who retire shall be held responsible for the supply of the pulpits until that time. - ,r . ■ ■ v> .: ...; 3. Every Preacher on trial who has travelled four ,. "f DISTRICT MEETINGS. 29 ^ears, and been recommended by his District Meeting the Conference to be admitted into full connexion, [hall attend the Conference of that year. 4. Nothing in these rules shall be so construed as to )revent those Ministers from attending the Conference igainst whom there lies any accusation or complaint. Fourth — What Ministers are appointed by this Meet- ing to represent the District as members of Conference Committees? The Stationing ? Church Relief ? Sabbath School ? Fifth — Are the young men on trial acquainted with the prescribed course of study, and what books have they [read? The Reports of Examining Committees are to be pre- I sen ted to the District Meetings for consideration ; and 'their recommendation is to be recorded in the Minutes of the District ; to be read at the Conference. The Chairman shall also examine every Preacher on trial respecting his acquaintance with the books recommended to him, and the general course of read- ing which he has pursued during the preceding year. For this purpose every such Preacher is re- quired to deliver to the Chairman of his District a list of the books which he has read since the preced- ing District Meeting. This list shall be laid before the Meeting that the senior brethren may have an K 80 DIBTBICT MEETINGS. I'll 'ill! il opportunity of giving to the junior Preachers sucl adviee and directions respecting their studies as maj appear necessary. , v-. ? ^ jj > .> In addition to the preceding course of inquiry thel following questions are to be put every year by thel Chairman to every young man on the District on trial,| but they need not be inserted in the District Min- utes. It is enough to say that the usual questionsl were put to the young men on trial, and satisfactorily answered; or if otherwise to state the case. In the Annual Examinations of Candidates for our Ministry, it shall be the duty of the Chairman of Districts to include the Disciplinary question, "Do you take snuflF, tobacco, or drams ]" and a distinct answer in| the negative shall be required in every case as a con- dition of continuing on trial, from year to year. 1. Have you now faith in Christ, and are you going on to perfection ? 2. Have you attended regularly to private prayer, and to the devotional reading of the Scripture, and books of a spiritual and experimental kind, in order to keep up devout and lively religious feelings in your own heart ! ■ ^^ 3. Have you carefully visited the sick under your charge and others to whom you could obtain access 1 4. Have you visited the people at their houses, in- quiring into their religious state, praying with them, and administering wholesome counsel ; and have you DISTRICT HESmmS. U iatecliised the children of the schools, and those of rour friends, and hearers as you have had oppor- tunity? ^^'.^r -....r; , :,,>.;:,•,_ ■r.^'^v. ...■• r 5. Have you had fruit of your Ministry during the rear, and are you endeavouring so to state the lead- ing truths of christian doctrine, and experience in rour discourses, and so to apply them with affection, md earnestness, and prayer, as to do all in your [power to secure success in your work V ^ 6. Answer the following questions in such terms as lyou would use in stating the doctrines they contain to an inquirer under religious impressions or in your sermons : — What is Evangelical Repentance ? What is Justification ? What is Justifying Faith ? What is the direct witness of the Spirit ? What is the indirect I witness of the Spirit ? What is Christian Perfection I What is the difference hetween Justification and Sanc- tification ? What is the difference between Justifi- cation and Regeneration ? What is the difference between Sanctification and entire Sanctification ? Let these points be proved in order by appropriate passages of Holy Writ. .. .- akj r-i r The brethren will see the propriety of conducting this part of the proceedings with peculiar deliberation and solemnity, as in the immediate presence of God ; and they may enlarge on doctrinal questions as they may deem necessary, so as to lead the candidates to B ,1 i h'. V Il llil s,t 92 DISTRICT MEETINGS. :'li I . right nnderstanaing, and an appropriate expressi. of our leading doctrinal peculiarities as a Church. SixtJi — Who have travelled Four Years and now recommended to the Conference to be receive! into full Connexion and ordained 'i Seventh — ^What Preachers are recommended to bl continued on trial? 1. Who have travelled Three years ? 2. Who have travelled Two years ? 3. Who have travelled One year ] Eighth — ^What Preachers are on the List of Re| serve? Where the Preacher has been recommended td travel but not called out into the work in the coursa of the year, the Chairman shall make inquiry of the Superinterdent of the Circuit where he resides! whether he be still deemed a proper person to be employeck in our regular Ministry ; and the result| shall be reported to the District Meeting. Ninth — ^What Preachers are recommended to bei received on trial ? ^^'^ ^^' ^ " The Chairmen are required not only to examine I very minutely in the District Meetings all persons! proposed for trial among us j but also to report dis-l tinctly in their District Minutes, for the consideration of Conference, the opinion of the District Meetings after such examinations, respecting the health, piety, DISTRICT MEETINGS. 9S loral character, ministerial abilities, and educational icquirements, belief of our doctrines, attachment to )ur discipline, and freedom from debt, as well as from ill secular encumbrances. • . r;r ? > r:^.;; (Ques. 1.) How shall we try those who profess to )e moved by the Holy Ghost to preach ? (Ans. 1.) Let the following questions be asked ; nz :—Do they know God as a pardoning God ? [ave they the love of God abiding in them ? Do they jdesire r^othing but God ? And are they holy in all [manner of conversation ? (2.) Have they gifts, as well as grace for the [work ? Have they a clear, sound understanding — ^a right judgment in the things of God — a just concep- tion of salvation by faith ? And has God given them an acceptable way of speaking ? Do they speak justly, readily, clearly ? (3.) Have they fruit ? Are any truly convinced I of sin, and converted to God by their preaching ? As long as these three marks concur in any one, j we believe he is called of God to preach. These we ' receive as sufficient proof that he is moved by the Holy Ghost. ' ' ^ -' (Ques. 2.) How is a Preacher received on trial and what regulations are observed respecting him I during his probation ? (Ans. 1.) Before a Chairman or Superintendent * pi DISTRICT MEETtNOS. shall propose a Preacher to the District Meeting to be recommended to the Conference to be admitted oi trial, such preacher must first be approved and re commended by the Quarterly Official Meeting of th^ Circuit or Station on which he resides. (.?.) Every Candidate thus recommended shallj attend the ensuing District Meeting and be examined before all the brethren present respecting his religiod experience, his knowledge of Divine things, his edu] cationa?. acq^uirements, his reading, his views of the doctrines of the Gospel, and his regard for Methoj dism in general. He shall also be required to pass a satisfactory! examination on the subjects of English Grammar, Geography, and Arithmetic. (3.) Every person proposed to the District Meet- ing is then to be asked by the Chairman the follow* ing questions, to each of which a distinct answeij shall be required : — Have you been converted to God ? Have you I been pardoned? Have you faith in Christ? Are you going on to perfection ? Do you expect to be] made perfect in love in this life? Are you groan- ing after it ? Are you resolved to devote yourself] wholly to God and his work ? Have you been bap- tized ? What are your views on infant baptism, and I the Lord's Supper? Do you know the rules of the| Society ? Do you keep them ? Do you take guu£f» i \ DISTRICT MEETINGS. 85 tobacco, or drams ? Have you read the whole Dis- Icipline ? Are you willing to conform to it ? Have lyou considered the twelve rules of a Preacher, as con- tained in answer to question 2nd., Section iv. Chap. III. Page 62, especially the first, tenth and twelfth? Will you keep them for jonscience sake? Are you [determined to employ all your time in the work of God ? Will you preach at every suitable opportunity, endeavouring not to speak too long or too loud ? Will you diligently instruct the children in every place ? Will you visit from house to house ? Will you re- commend fasting both by precept and example ? Are you in debt ? What is your age ? Have you good health, and have you a sound constitution? Are you engaged to marry ? , - , .^ j... Do you sincerly and fully believe the doctrines of Methodism as contained in our Articles of Faith, and as taught by Mr. Wesley in his notes on the New Testament and volumes of Sermons ?— especially the following leading ones — a Trinity of Persons in the Unity of the Godhead: the total depravity of all men by nature, in consequence of Adam's fall : the Atonement made bv Christ for the sins of all the hu- man race : the direct witness of the Spirit: the possibil- ity of falling from a state of justification and holiness, and perishing everlastingly : the absolute necessity of holiness both in heart and life : and the proper 88 DISTRICT MEKTINOS. eternity of future rewards and punishments? Will you endeavour fully and faithfully to preach them ? What is your religious experience ? and what is yourj call to this work ? (4.) After the examination, the Candidate shall I withdraw, and the Meeting shall determine whether] he shall he recommended to the ensuing Conference to he received on trial. (5.) If it he not convenient for the Candidate to attend the District Meeting, the Chairman with two other Ministers shall examine him as ahove directed, and report the result to the District Meeting. (6.) If a Preacher who has been received on trial, but not into full connexion, desist from travelling, he shall be dropped in silence, unless he desist for want of health. (7.) A Preacher who marries while on trial shall be dropped in silence. * j -:' (8.) Observe ' Taking on trial is entirely different from admitting a, Preacher into full connexion. One on trial may be either admitted or rejected Tvithout doing him any wrong : otherwise it would have been no trial at all. Let every Chairman explain this to them on trial. i (9.) The time for a Preacher to travel on trial shall be four years, at the end of which period if recommended by his District Meeting, he may be received into full connexion. ' i.iti^i , 4i^ it: DISTRICT MEETINGS. 87 (10.) Every Candidate for the Ministry shall pur- le the course of study prescribed by the Conference ; Ind before any such Candidate shall be received into lull connexion, he shall give satisfactory evidence lo the District Meeting, from year to year, of his knowledge of those subjects and books, included in |uch course of study. This examination should be innual at the District Meeting until the termination >f his probation, (11.) After four years' probation, and being ap- )roved by the Conference, and examined by the Pre- sident, he may be received into full connexion by jiving him the form of the Discipline inscribed thus : -'* As long as you freely consent, and earnestly eu- Ideavour, to walk by these rules .we shall rejoice to [acknowledge you as a fellow labourer." (12.) All young men taken into the work by [Chairmen of the Districts before the November Quar- terly Official Meetings hall be allowed the full year. (13.) No Chairman of District or other Conference i officer shall have authority to employ a married Preacher during the year, with a view to his being received as a Candidate for our Ministry, without the consent of the Conference or the Conference Special Committee. ^ (14.) No District Meeting shall recommend any married Preacher to the Conferenca for reception on \ , '^: f.i Vi lliliilii 88 DISTRICT HEETZKCFS. U.^| trial, unless he has been previously employed in ease of absolute necessity in aecoidauce with the foregoing] restriction. :.■•--•' r... :--:•:. ^ .-^ .r..^, .« a ,,> ■^-.r^.,st\ (15.) When a Prcaeher's name is not inserted in the Minutes be must receive a written license from the President, or Chairman of tbe District on which he| resides* ' '--r ' ,,, Tenth — ^Wbat Candidates for the Ministry are re-l commended to attend Victoria College during the year ? (1.) Before any Candidate for our Ministry shall be] sent to College his circumstances shall be inquired intol by the District Meeting ', and when such Preacher onl Trial is appointed to go to College by the Conference, the Minute of the District Meeting in bis ease shall be foi vzarded to tho Secretary of tb& Educational Fund Committee. No Candidate for our Ministry shall he lent to College who has not travelled at least one year. (2.) When Preachers on trial are allowed to attend Victoria College for two years, the two years shall be counted but as one in their probation. * , „ (3.) Preachers on irial who have graduated m any University shall be exempted from examination in the Conference Course of Study, except in tbe subjects of Theology and Church History. Eleventh — What Ministers or Preachers have died ? Twelfth — Who are recommended as Superaunuated Ministers? OISTBICT VBITIMaS. 89 Thirteenth — ^Who are reeommended as Supernumer- iry Ministers ? ..^^;^r■:^:^*i■l'^*^'' 'f^; Fourteenth — ^Who have desisted from Travelling ? Fifteenth — ^Who have been suspended daring the rear. And what is the recommendation of the District [acting in the case ? Sixteenth — ^What is tiie number of our Church [embers ? The number of Preaching Places and At- jndants on Public Worship, on each Circuit ? The lumber of Baptisms administered and Marriages sol- emnized by each Minister ? Have all Marriages sol- lemnized daring the year been duly recorded and the [annual returns made according to Law ? Seventeenth — ^What is the number of children under eighteen years of age on the District; and what are their respective names and ages ? Have all the regula- tions respecting the Children's Fund being fully carried into eflfeot in the District? Eighteenth — What is the number of Ministers, Preachers, and Laymen in the Quarterly Official Meet- ing of each Circuit and Mission ? Of Sabbath Schools ? And what Con aexional Property ? i^ v ;«,H«t<;'> See approved Conference Schedule, r .iii^.^;*r Nineteenth — Can any measures be adopted for in- creasing the efficiency of our ministecisd labours, and the promotion of the work of God ? ^U .\ - ' ' ' Bi } 40 DISTKICT ITEfiTINGS. %^ U (1.) First — Are all the means possible nsed to visiJ all the towns and settlements within the boundaries ol each Circuit or Mission ? . - m ? (2.) Are there earnest attempts made in every place where there are services to form Classes ? ' ' (3.) Is sufficient time allotted in the arrangements of the Quarterly Visitation of the Classes for the Minis-| ter or Preacher to acquaint himself with the state of| each member, and to give suitable advice to each ? (4.) Have the Rules of Society been read during the! year, and have they been given to the members on trial according to Discipline ? ; i -i' (5i) Bo the Brethren pay sufficient attention to! Pastoral Visitation, and the chatechising of the children of our members and friends ? Secondly — These important enquiries shall be followed by the reading of the resolutions of the Conference «f ■ ' in Belleville 1836, Minutes, page 120, and to be folkvv ed with a solemn review of the state of the work of God. And any suggestions for the religious improve- ment of our Children and the Members of our Church, and especially for the greater efficiency of our Ministerial labours, to be entered on the Minutes of the District Meeting, and when thought necessary recommended to the consideration of the Conference, fe-^^ Twentieth — What Stewards, and other Lay Repre- DISTRICT MEETINGS. |sentatives have been appointed by the several Circuits and Missions ? And who are now present ? h*: i?/ t; r*^ The Recording Stewards and other Lay Represen- tatives, shall attend the District Meetings during the consideration of the financial affairs of the District, in order to lay before the meeting the accounts of their respective Circuits or Missions, and to confer with the Ministers and Preachers on the best means of promoting the interests of the Church. Let it be understood and announced for the Stewards and other Lay Representa- tives from the several Circuits and Mission? to attend the District Meeting precisely at 10 o'clock or;, the morn- ing of the second day of the Meeting, when the financial affairs of the District will be taken into consideration, during which the Stewards, and other Lay Representatives shall have a right to speak and vote. . >y > Twenty-first — ^What are the Receipts and what is the Expenditure of each Circuit or Mission ? Twenty-second — ^What has been collected on each Circuit and Mission for Connexional Funds? Have these been duly forwarded to thei^ several Treasurers? Twenty-third — ^What special cases are now recom- mended to the fa\ ourable consideration of the several Connexional Funds ? Church Relief— Churches ? Contingent or Mission :iry — Circuits or Missions, Min isters or Preachers. S\ .',4 .m "-I 42 DISTRICT MEBTWOS. ''^. Twenty-fourth — What Churches or Parsonages have been built, enlarged, or sold ? What Parsonages have been furnished ? What other Connexional Property has been a^^uired ? And what changes in relation to Church Property are now recommended 7 : "^ Twenty-fifth — What can be done to improve the Financial state of the District ? ' (First.) Are all the Financial arrangements of the Church duly observed in each Circuit and Mission? The Quarterly Contributions at the renewal of Tickets f The public collections and private subscriptions ? (Second.) What changes are recommended in the order and arrangement of the work on the Circuits and Missions ? What new Circuits or Missions are recom- mended ? What additional Preachers are required fw any Circuit or Mission on the District 7 Twenty-sixth — What Laymen are appointed by this Meeting, as Members of the Conference Committees ? The Church Relief? Contingent? Educational? and Missionary? ' i ^ In the appointment of Laymen to our Conference CommitteeSi the Chairman nominates, out of those who have been chosen by the Quarterly Official Meetings, and the Lay Members of the Meeting who may be prC' sent only vote in their appointment, (except in the appointment of the Member of the Missionary Com- mittee in which case,the Ministers and Laymen both vote.) I f DISTRICT MEETINGS. :,.M 43 Two copies of the District Meeting records shall be brought to Conference in addition to the one entered in the District Book : — One copy for the Secretary of Conference, and one for the Members of the District, and of the Conference. . v;^ PINANCUL DISTRICT MEETINGS. (1.) A Financial District Meeting, consisting of the Superintendent, and a Steward from each Circuit and Mission shall be held in each District in the month of September to apportion to the several Circuits the amounts placed at their disposal by the Conference ; to make arrangements for Missionary Meetings, which arrangements shall be binding on all concerned; and to arrange the claims for the Minister's Children of the District. (2.) The Financial District Meeting shall examine into the circumstances, and probable income of the Domestic Missions in the same way as they examine into those of the Circuits ; and recommend such amount as, in their judgment, should be appropriated towards the support of such* Missions j which shall be reported by the Chairman to the Superintendent of Missions. (3.) The Financial Secretaries shall be the Local , Treasurers of the District, shall pay to the Superintend- ents of Circuits, or on their order, the sums appropri- ated to their Circuits, which payments such Superin- tendents shall report to their respective Quarterly Official Meetings. 1 1 rt h'*Mmst 01 '-■ (-1 44 *K' -.?^:k ■^■k\iv;'-,: LOCAL PREACHERS AND THEIR MEETINGS. Section III. \ .- fliiiii * OF LOCAL PREACHERS AND THEIR MEETINGS. Quest. 1. What directions shall be given concerning Local Preachers and their Meetings ? Ans. 1. The Superintendent shall regularly meet the Local Preachers on the Circuit once a quarter ; and no person shall be put upon the plan as a Local Preacher or be suffered to preach among us as such without the approbation of that Meeting, on the nomination of the Superintendent. Or, if in any Circuit a regular Local Preachers' Meeting cannot be held, they shall be pro- posed and approved at the last Quarterly Official Meet- ing of the Circuit ; at which time also, all Licenses of Local Preachers and Exhorters shall be renewed. 2. The Superintendent at each regular Local Preach- ers' Meeting, or the Chairman or Superintendent at the last Quarterly Official Meeting of the Circuit, shall inquire into the religious and moral character, doctrines, abilities to preach, and punctuality in attending ap- pointments of each Preacher by name. 3. The questions proposed in the examination of the characters of Local Preachers, shall be the same as those proposed in regard to Travelling Preachers, viz : 1. Is there any objection to his moral and religious character? -*.; ,; , -' •^ II. (' LOCAL PREACHERS AND THEIR MEETINGS. 2. Does he believe and preach all our Doctrines ? 3. Has he duly observed our Discipline? v , 4. Has he competent abilities for a Preacher ? /! ^ 5. Is he punctual in attending aP his appointments ? 6. Every person proposed to be received as a Local Preacher, or taken on trial shalt be asked by the Chair- man or Superintendent the following questions, to which a distinct answer shall be required. • '" ' • ■ - *^^ 1. What is your religious experience? Have you faith in Christ? Are you going on to perfection ? Do you expect to be perfected in love in this life? Are you groaning after it? Are you resolved to de- vote yourself to God and His work ? Do you sincerely and fully believe the doctrines of Methodism as con- tained in our Articles of Faith, and as taught by Mr. Wesley in his notes on the New Testament^ and Vol- umes of Sermons ? — especially the following leading ones ; a Trinity of Persons in the Unity of the God- head ; the total depravity of all men by nature in con- sequence of Adam's fall ; the atonement made by Christ for the sins of all the human race j justification by faith ; the direct witness of the Spirit ; the possibil- ity of falling from a state of justification and holiness, and perishing everlastingly ; the absolute necessity of holiness both in heart and life ; and the proper eternity of rewards and punishments. What is Evangelical Repentance ? What is Justification ? What is Jus- v;:^iii liiii 4d LOCAL PREACHERS AND THEIR MEETIKOS. tifying Faith ? What is the direct Witness of the Spirit ? What is the indirect Witness of the Spirit ? What is Christian Perfection ?' What is the differ- ence between Justification and Sanctification ? What is the difference between Justification and Regenera- tion ? What is the difference between Sanctificatioi^ and entire Sanctification ? ;< >• y ■ i^- ^ > ^ ^ 2. Will you endeavour fully and faithfully to preach these doctrines ? ,, > ' ..^^ " • • Ann, Of all the Ministers, the Travelling and Local Preachers, Exhorters, Stewards, and Class Leaders of the Circuit or Mission. ? .«| .. Quest, 2. Who shall preside at the Quarterly Offi- cial Meetings ? Ans. The Chairman of the District, or in his ab- sence the Superintendent of the Circuit. Quest. 3 What shall be the regular business of the Quarterly Official Meeting ? '^'Z/^^ri^^mk^-i-jH^iilU Ans. 1. To receive the financial returns from the several classes, and to pay the salary, allowance, and expenses of the Ministers and Preachers. 2. To hear complaints and to receive and try appeals. 3. At the May Quarterly Official Meeting to appoint a Committee which shall meet after the Conference, to make an estimate of the amounts necessar^^ for the family or families of the Ministers or Preachers of the Circuit ; a report of which shall be^made to the August Quarterly Official Meeting. 4. At the November Quarterly Official Meeting to appoint the Stewards of the Circuit ; the number not QUARTERLY OFFICIAL MEETINGS. 49 fo be less than three, or more than seven, one of rhom shall be Recording Steward, who shall keep a lecord of the proceedings in a Book, procured for ^hat purpose. -• > <- t. . ,: ,. ,v, 5. Where there is no Local Preachers* Meeting to to take cognizance of all the Local Preachers on the /ircuit, and to inquire into the gifts, labours, punc- tuality and usefulness of each Preacher by name, md to license Local Preachers at any regular Quar- terly Official Meeting. T,,.,'- ' . 6. To examine the character of Exhorters annually land to renew their licenses. To renew annually the licenses of the Local Preachers, and where there is no [Local Preachers' meeting, also to examine their character. 7. If a Recording Steward of a Circuit becomes disqualified j for the duties of his office, the Superin- tendent of the Circuit shall have authority to appoint another of the Stewards to that office, until the next Quarterly Official Meeting, when his place shall be supplied. . ^ :■'.., r ! i' Mi. • f I'M ■'f:r . i ■■. ...JiM-M t CHAPTER III. 11 m ml im ;i i OP MINISTERS, PREACHERS, AND THEIR DUTIES. .,% , ' . Section I. ' 0/ the Appointment of Presidents and their Duty, Ques. 1. How is a President to be appointed or| chosen ? Ans, The English Conference shall hav^ authority I to send from year to year one of its own v, to be ! President of this Conference, or to appoint a member of| this Conference to that office. When the English Con- ference does not send or appoint a President, or the Pres- ident does not arrive, this Conference shall, on its assem- bling, choose by ballot one from amongst its own members ; but the same individual shall not be re-chosen President oftener than once in four years, nor continue in office longer than one year at a time. Ques, 2. What are the duties and powers of a Presi- dent ? , Ans, 1. To preside in the Conference, and at all Conference Connexional Committees j and give a cast- ing vote in case of an equal division. 2. To see that the appointment of the Ministers and MINISTEPS, PREACHERS, AMD TBEIR DUTIES. 61 ^reacbers for the Districts, Circuits, Staticfbs, and \Iissions are made according to the rules of Conference [respecting the Stationing Committee. 3. To ordain the Preachers received into full Con- Inexiony with the assistance of two or more of the senior I Ministers, according to our form of ordination. 4. In the intervals of Conference to travel through the Connexion at large, and oversee the spiritual and temporal business of the Church, or be placed on a Circuit or Station^ as the Stationing Committee or Conference may direct. The President shall be, ex,- cfficlot Chairman of the District, for the time being, through which he may travel, or in which he may be stationed, during the year of his Presidency. Each President appointed by the English Conference, so long as he remains in the Country, in the intervals of Con- ference, is expected to travel through the whole Con- nexion, so far as his circumstances will admit. Ques. 3. To whom is the President amenable for his conduct ? Am. To the Conference ; and if he be accused of immorality in the interval of Conference, he shall be proceeded against in the District in which he is sta- tioned or resides, or through which he may be travelling where the alleged crime is said too have been committed, in the same manner as against a Chairman of a Disixict. 52 CHAIRMEN OP DISTRICTS AND THEIR DUTY. Ques. 4. How may we provide against the difficultieil and inconveniences resulting from the death or disal bilxfcy of any President of the Conference during iU\ year of his Presidency ? ' " Ans, 1. In every such case the Co-Delegate shall im-l mediately enter into the office, and shall be consideredl as having all the powers, privileges, and authority of the! President, and as being responsible for all his dutiesl during the time of such disability, or absence from the] country; and in case of the death of the President, dur- ing the remainder of the year, and until the arrival or I alection of his successor at the commencement of the! ensuing Conference. 2. .A.nd in the event of the death or disability of the President and Co-Delegate, the Secretary of the Con- ference shall call together the Conference Special Com- mittee which shall have power to appoint a President, who shall hold the office and discharge its duties until a successor is formally appointed at the next Conference. 8 ( I Section IL " r^ Of Chairmen of Districts and their Duty, • Ques. 1. Who is the Chairman ? ' Ans, That Minister who oversees all the spiritual and temporal business of the Church in his District. CHAIRMEN OF DISTBICTS, AND THEIR DUTY. 58 Ques, 2. By whom are the Chairmen of Districts to be chosen ? . Ans. By the Conference, according to the agreement between the English and Canadian Conference in 1858, which is in the following words : — '< As soon as the sta- tions are confirmed by a second reading of them to the Conference, the Secretary shall read over successively the names of the Ministers stationed in each District, and the Conference shall elect by ballot one of its mem" bers so stationed, to be Chairman for the ensuing year." Ques, 3. What are the duties of a Chairman ? Ans, 1, To take the oversight of the whole work on his District, according to the Discipline, as far as his duty to the Circuit on which he resides will permit. 2, To visit any Station or Circuit on his District when he may judge it expedient. 3. To see that every part of the Discipline is duly en- forced. The Chairman is especially directed and required to visit any Circuit or station in his district when requested by the Superintendent of such Circuit in case of any dispute or difficulty which the Superin- tendent may desire assistance to adjust: also, in all cases of appeal. In all the^e cases the Circuit or Sta- tion visited shall pay the travelling expenses of the Chairman. The Chairman shall have authority to call Trfi '.{", ii .\t "»■■■ ill fill \\ 54 CHAIRMEN OP DISTRICTS AKD THEIR DUTY* in any Minister or Preacher of his District to supply his place when absent in visiting any circuit or station, '■ 4. In case of appeal on a Circuit or Station of which the Chairman is the Superintendent, the President shall either preside, or appoint the Co-Delegate, or a Chairman of a District to preside at the hearing of the | appeal. 6. To preside in the District and Quarterly Official j Meetings in his appointed District. ' ^ 6. To take charge of all the Ministers, Travelling, and Local Preachers and Exhorters in his District. 7. To change, receive, and suspend ministers or Preachers in his District in the intervals of Conference, and in the absence of the President, as the Discipline directs: Provided, nevertheless, he shall not change any Minister or Preacher contrary to his wish, unless by the advice of two or more members of the Conference in his District. 8. If any Minister or Preacher absent himself from his Circuit without the leave of his Chairman, the Chairman shall, as far as possible, fill his place with another Min'-^'^er or Preacher who shall be paid for his labours out ot the allowance of the absent Minister or Preacher, in proportion to the usual allowance. 9. To attend the President when present in his Dis- trict, and to give him when absent all necessary information by letter of the state of his District. DUTIES OF SUPERINtENOBKTS. 55 10. Should the Chairman or Superintendent or any of Lis Colleagues be requested to withdraw on any ocoa- JBion from any of our regularly constituted meetings for business he shall in no case do so, and should he be obliged to withdraw from any such meeting during its sittings, the meeting will be thereby dissolved. And if any Chairman, or Superintendent, or other Travelling Minister or Preacher do willingly submit to any requi- sition to withdraw from any such meeting before its conclusion, he shall, on proof, receive due censure at the ensuing Conference. ^ , • Ques. 4. Shall the Chairman have power to employ a Preacher who has been rejected at a previous Confer- ence? " .,? Ans. 1. He shall not, unless the Conference give him liberty under certain conditions. ' Ques. 5. What shall be done in the case of the death* or disability of a Chairman during the year ? Ans. The Financial Secretary shall call a meeting of the members of the District, to elect, by ballot, one of their number, being a member of the Conference, as Chairman until the ensuins Conference. L\V. h 3 It' A Section III. 0/ the Duties of Superintendents, Ques. 1. Who is the Superintendent ? "* Ans, That Minister or Preacher on each Circuit who G : J M 56 DUTIES OF SUPXRINTENDBNTS. ill ii \\ is appointed from time to time to take charge of thel Ministers, Preacbers, and Societies therein. Ques, 2. What are the duties of the Superintendent?! Ans. 1. To see that the Ministers and Preachers inl his Circuit behave well, and want nothing. t 2. To renew the Tickets quarterly for the admissioii| of members into Lovefeast, and to regulate the Bands. 3. To enquire at the renewal of Tickets what eacll member can give for the Salary, and, when weekljl money is not paid, what he can give for the Board of the| Ministers and Preachers on the Circuit. 4. To meet the Stewards and Leaders as often possible. 5. To appoint all the Leaders and change them, whenl he sees it necessary ; but not contrary to the wisli| of the Class, or without consulting the Leaders' Meeting] 6. To receive, try, and expel Members, according to| Discipline. 7. To hold Watch-nij'hts and Love-feasts. 8. To hold Quarterly Meetings — to preside id| all Official Meetings of the Circuit inj the absence of| the Chairman, and to make all nominations to office. It shall be considered as a principle in Methodist! Discipline that no court shall be recognized as Methoj distic in which the Minister or Preacher does not! preside. .». 9. To take care that every society be duly suppliedl ■ .i. 1,1' H / DUTIES OF SVPEBIMTEKOEMTS. with books ; and to urge upon all who are admitted into our Church to read attentively our General Rules, the Second Catechism, and other Wesleyan Works. 10. To take an exact account of the number of mem- bers in Society in his Circuit ; which account shall include the members who have been received on trial, or by ticket, those who have removed, died, or ceased to be members, or have been separated from, or added to the Circuit by the alteration of its boundaries, and report to the District Meeting. 11. To leave for his successor a Circuit Book contain- ing not only a perfect list of all the official members, and of the annual subscriijers to our Funds, but especially an exact list of the names of all the members in his Circuit, arranged in their several classes, and societies as found at their last Quarterly Official Meeting of the year. ,,, 12. To transmit to the Chairman his Quarterly Schedule with ^such remarks as will furnish a full account of the state of the work under his charge. 13. To give due notice to the Chairman of the District in all cases of appeal. Qties* 3. What other directions shall we give him ? Ans. Several. 1. To see that every Band-leader have the Kules of the Bands. :. >r> 2. To enforce vigorously, but calmly, all the Bules of the Society. ^ ■ 3. To explain and enforce the General Rules of the ^s , H I # i^. (8 DUTIES or SUPEHlKTENDEMTS. .Church which are understood to prohibit our people from employing dancing masters to teach their children to dance, sending or allowing them to attend dancing schools, or parties in which tbat amusement is indulged. 4. To suffer no Love-feast to last above an hour and a half. r 5. To warn all from time to time that none are to remove from one Circuit to another, without a note of recommendation from a Minister of the Circuit in these words, " A. B., the bearer has been an acceptable mem- ber of our church in C," and to inform them that without Buch certificate they will not be received into the Church in other places ; and also to forward a duplicate copy of such certificate by mail to the Superintendent of the Circuit to which they may be removing. 6. To recommend everywhere decency and cleanliness. 7. To read the Kules of Society, with the aid of the other Ministers and Preachers, once a year in every Congregation, and once a quarter in every Society. 8. To appoint Prayer Meetings wherever he can in his Circuits, and to take care that a fast be held in every Society on the Friday preceding every Quarterly Meeting, and that a memorandum of it be written in all the Class Books, and on the Plan of the Circuit. DUTIES OF BUPERINTEKDBlffTS. m- 9. To license such persons as he may think proper to officiate as Exhorters, provided no person shall be so licensed without consulting the Stewards and LeaderS| or Quarterly Official Meeting of the Circuit in which the person proposed resides. > 10. To make out a regular plan of appointments for the Ministers, the Travelling and Local Preachers, and Exhorters on the Circuit, with the counsel of the Local Preachers' Meeting, or of the Quarterly Official Meeting where there is no Local Preachers' Meeting. 11. To make strict inquiry in the Leaders' Meeting at least once a quarter into the moral character of f i the Leaders, their punctuality in beginning and enaing their Class Meetings in proper time, and whatever relates to their office. 12. To invito and earnestly urge the attendance and assistance of the Recording Stewards, and other Lay Re- presentatives at the District Meetings, according to our rule, during the time when the financial affairs of the District are under consideration. 13. To see that the circumstances of all remarkable deaths of our Church Members be drawn up and sent to our Editor, who may publish them as far as he judges proper. "^ i>^ a^,': /^^ < • : 14'. To read, with the assistance of his Colleague or CeUeagues, the Pastoral Address of the Conference to all the Societies in his Circuit. • ^ h- m w '::^.. ^^: ■ ♦■ 60 DUTIES OP SUPBRINTENDBNTS. ■N. 15. To prepare and present to the District Meeting an Annual Eeport of the state of Sabbath Schools in his Circuit. -^ •■""' ■ ' ■ " ■ '^' ' ' '\'r''^'' ■ 16. To examine the accounts of all the Stewards. 17. To appoint a person to receive the Quarterly Collection in the Classes, if necessary. / 18. To see that Mr. Wesley's original rule in regard to weekly and quarterly contributions be observed in all our Societies as far as possible. The rule was pub- lished by Mr. Wesley in the Minutes of Conference hfeld in London, 1782. It is as follows : " Q. Have all the weekly and quarterly contributions been made in all our Societies ? **A. In many it has been shamefully neglected. To remedy this — '^ " 1. Let every SuperintendentKreinind every Society that this was our original rule: Every member contri- butes one penny weekly (unless Ke is 'in extreme poverty), and one shilling quarterly. Expfain the rea- sonableness of this* " 2. Let every Leader receive the weekly contribution from each person in his Class. ' ff "3. Let the Superintendent ask every person at changing his Ticket : Can you aflford to observe our rulos ? And receive what he is able to give." f / \ DUTIES OF TRAYELLINO PRBACHERS. 61 n 19. To see that all Public Collections in aid of the Circuit, or of the Connexional Funds, be regularly made jn each Congregation of his Circuit. 20. To make application in the Classes, and to our friends on behalf of the Superannuation Fund, some time during the months of November and December, and to pay the monies thus received to the Treasurer on, or before the first day of January. „ --.^jft: 21. To see that Collections for our ConnezioQal Funds be taken up at the following times, viz. : ' 1. Church Relief, in the month of July. 2. Contingentf in the months of September and March. 3. Educational^ in the month of December. 22. To carry out the arrangements made by the Financial District Meeting in regard to the Missionary work on his Circuit. ^v :... .? 23. To pay to the appointed Treasurers all monies collected for the several Funds at the time directed by Conference. i,., .4 -^ Section IV. * Of the Duty of Travelling Preachers. Ques. 1. What is the duty of a Preacher? Ans, 1. To preach, 2. To meet the Societies, ClasseSr 'r t? vU: H; ca /( DUTIES OF TBAVELtlNO PREACHERS. M and general Bands. 3. To visit the sick. 4. To preach .in the morning where he can get hearers. We recom- mend morning preaching at five o'clock in the summei and six in the winter, wherever it is practicable. Ques. 2. What are the directions given to a Preacher? Ans. 1. Be diligent. Never be unemployed, never he triflingly employed. Never trifle away time ; neither spend any more time at any place than is strictly necessary. 2. Be serious. Let your motto be Holiness to the JiOrd. Avoid all lightness, jesting, and foolish talking. 3. Converse sparingly; and conduct yourself pru- dently with women.f 1. Tim. 5, 2. 4. Take no step towards marriage without first con- sulting your brethren. ' 5. Believe evil of no one without good evidence ; un- less you see it done, take heed how you credit it. Put the best construction on every thing. You know the judge is always supposed to be on the prisoner's side. 6. Speak evil of no one : because your word especially would eat as doth a canker. Keep your thoughts within your own breast, till you come to the person concerned. 7. Tell every one under your care what you think DUTIES OP TRATELLINO PREACHERS* W§ wrong in his conduct and temper, and that lovingly and plainly as soon as may be, else it will fester in your heart. Make all haste to cast the fire out of your bosom. 8. Avoid all affectation. A Preacher of the Gospel is the servant of all. 9. Be ashamed of nothing but sin. 10. Be punctual. Do every thing exactly at the time. And do not mend our rules but keep them, not for wrath, but conscience sake. 11. You have nothing to do but save souls : There- fore spend and be spent in this work ; and go always not only to those who want you, but to those who want you most. Observe ! It is not your business only to preach so many times, and to take care of this or that Society, but to save as many as you can — to bring as many sinners as you can to repentance, and with all your power to build them up in thai holiness without which they cannot see the Lord. And remember — a Metho- dist Preacher is to mind every point, great and small, in the Methodist Discipline 1 Therefore you will need to exercise all the sense and grace you have. 12. Act in all things not according to your own will, but as a son in the Gospel. As such it is your duty to employ your time in the manner which we direct ; cl J, ■'.''), t>- K 1 ■m «4 ORDINATION OP MlHISTERI in preaching and visiting from house to house — in read- ing, meditation, and prayer. Above all, if you labour "With us in the Lord's vineyard, it is needful you should do that part of the work which we advise, at t times and places which we judge most for his glory. I Section V. 0/ the Bleition and Ordination of Ministers and their Dufi/. Ques. 1. How is a Minister constituted ? Ans. By elpction of the Conference, and by the lay- ing on of the hands of the President and other senior Ministers. Ques. 2. What is the duty of a Minister ? An.i. To conduct aii puris of Divine worship, to ad- minister Baptism and ihe Lord's Supper, to solemnize Matrimony, and in general to perform all the work of a Christian Minister. No Minister who ceases to travel without the consent of the Conference, certified under the hand of the Presi- dent except in case of sickness, debility, or other un- avoidable circumstances; shall, on any a ceo '.it, rxorcise the peculiar functions of his office, or even be allowed to preach among rs J nevertheless, the final determina- tion in all such cases is with the Confirenco, . .7 RECEPTTOW OF MINISTERS. Section VI. e^ Of the Reception of Ministers from other Churches* Ques. 1. On what condition shall we receive those Ministers who may come to us from the Wesleyan Con- nexion in Europe, the Affiliated Conferences, and tho Methodist Episcopal Church in the United States ? Arts. If they come to us properly accredited from any of these Conferences, they may be received according to such credentials, provided they give satisfaction to the Conference of their willingness to conform to our church government and usages, Ques. 2. How shall we receive those Ministers who may offer to unite with us from other Christian Churches, or anyjeceding Body of Methodists 1 Ans. Those Ministers of other Evangelical Churohei or other Bodies of Methodists who may desire to unite with our church may be received, according to our usages, on condition of taking upon them our ordination vowp, without re-imposition of hands, on giving satisfac- tion to a committee composed of the Chairman and two other Ministers of the District, and to the Conference of their being in Orders, and of their agreement with us, in doctrir -3 and discipline, government, and usages ; pro- vided also that the Conference is satisfied with their gifts, grace and usefulness. Ques. .3. How shall we receive Preachers of other I (\'- #" i % 65 PBEACniNCW Evangelical Denominations or any seceding Body of Methodists ? Ans. They may be received as Probationers, provided they give satisfaction that they are suitable persons lo exercise the of&ce ; that they believe in the Doctrines, and approve of the Discipline, government, and usages of our Church. The Chairman and any two Ministers (members of the Conference) of the District, within the bounds of which such Preacher may be travelling or resident, are authorised to act as a committee on behalf of the Conference, to admit him into our Church ; and he may be employed until the ensuing Conference ; and if he be recommended by a District Meeting he may be received as a Preacher on trial. ^ Section VII. Rules hy which we should continuej or desist from Preaching at any place, Ques. 1. Is it advisable for us to preach ia as many places as we can without forming any Societies ? Ans. By no means : we have made the trial in vari- ous places : and that for a considerable time. But all the seed has fallen by the way side. There is scarce any fruit remaining. Ques, 2, Where should we endeavour to preach most ? Ans, 1. Where there is the greatest number of quiet and willing hearers. ■fl I / ■w^ MANNER OF WIEACHING. L6r 2. Where there is most fruit. Ques. 3. Ought we not diligently to observe in what places God is pleaped at any time to pour out His Spirit more abundantly ? Ans, We ought: and at that time to send more labourers thau usual into that part of the harvest, '^v--- % t Section VITI. Of the Matter and Manner of Preaching^ and of other Public Exercises. Ques, 1. What is the best general method of Preach- ing f Ana, 1. To convince : — 2. To offer Christ : 3. To invite : 4, To build up : And to do this in some measure in every Sermon. Ques, 2. What is the most effectual way of Preaching Christ? V Ans. The most effectual way of Preaching Christ, is to preach him in all his offices ; and to declare his law, as well as his gospel, both to believers, and unbelievers. rLet us strongly and closely insist upon inward and out- ward holiness in all its branches. Qves, 3. Are there any other advices which might be of use to us ? Ans. Perhaps these: 1. Be sure never to disappoint a congregation. 2. Begin at the time appointed. 3. Let your whole deportment be serious, weighty, and M fe -!' a. 4 ' l^W •' ) T I m DUTY Of MINISTERS. solemn. 4. Always suit your subject to your audience. 5. Choose the plainest text you can. 6. Take care not to ramble, but keep to your text, and make out what you take in hand. 7. Take care of anything awkward or affected, either in your gesture, phrase, or pronuncia- tion. 8. Do not usually pray extempore above eight or ten minutes (at most) without intermission. 9. Fre- quently read and enlarge upon a portion of Scripture ; and let young Preachers often exhort without taking a text. 10. Always avail yourselves of the great festivals by preaching on the occasion. > Section IX. Of the duty of Ministers and Preachers to God, them- selves, and one another. Ques. 1. How shall the Minister or Preacher be quali- fied for his charge ? Ans. By walking closely with God, and having his work greatly at heart ; and by understanding, and loving discipline, ours in particular. Ques. 2. Do we sufficiently watch over each other ? Ans. We do not. Should we not frequently ask each' other, Do you walk closely with God ? Have you now fellowship with the Father and Son ? At what hour do you rise ? Do you punctually observe the morning and evening hour of retirement ? Do you spend the day in the manner which the Conference advises 1 Do you converse seriously, usefully, and closely ? To be .7 DUTY OF MINISTERS. «9 more particular— Do you use all the means of grace your- self, and enforce the use of them on all other persons? They are ei^Jier instituted or prudential. First, — The instituted are, 1. Prayer : — private, family, and public ; consisting of deprecation, petition, intercession, and thanksgiving. Bo you use each ot these? Do you forecast daily wherever you are, to secure time for private devotion ? Do you practice it every where ? Do you ask every- where, Have you family prayer ? Do you ask individu- als. Do you use private prayer, every morning and even- ing in particular 1 2. Searching the Scriptures by — (1.) Reading; constantly, some part of them every day : regularly, all the Bible in order ; carefully, with notes : seriously, with prayer before and after : fruit- fully, immediately practising what you learn there ? (2.) Meditating : At set times ? By rule ? (3.) Hearing : E\ ry opportunity ? With prayer before, at, after ? Have you a Bible always about you ? 3. The Lord's Supper : Do you use this at every opportunity ? With solemn prayer before ? With ear- nest and deliberate self-devotion ? 4. Fasting : Do you use as much abstinence and fasting every week, as your health, strength, and labour will permit ? 't. 1 1 ^: 1 1' ro DUTY OP MINISTERS. 5. Christian conference : Are you convinced how important and how difficult it is to order your conversa- tion aright ? Is it always with grace ? Seasoned with salt ? Meet to minister grace to the hearers ? Do you not converse too long at a time ? Is not an hour com- monly enough ? Would it not be well always to have a determinate end in view ? And to pray before and '0 after it ? ' ■# •► Sscond, — Prudential means, we may use either as Christians, as Methodists, or as Ministers and Preachers. 1. As Christians : What particular rules have you in order to grow in grace ? What arts of holy living ? 2. As Methodists : do you never miss your Class or Band ? 3. As Ministers and Preachers : Have you thoroughly considered your duty ? And do you make a confccience of executing every part of it ? Do you meet every So- ciety ? Also, the Leaders and Bands ? These means may be used without fruit. But there are some means which cannot, namely — watching, deny- ing ourselves, taking up our cross, exercise of the pres- ence of God. 1. Do you steadily watch against the world ? Your- self? Your besetting sin ? 2. Do you deny yourself every useless pleasure of ^ense ? Imagination ? Honour ? Are you temperate \ i PRACTICAL RELIGION. n in all things ? Instance in food : (1.) Do you use only that kind and that degree which is best both for body and soul ? Do you see the necessity of this? (2.) Do you eat no more at each meal than is necessary ? Are you not heavy and drowsy after dinner ? (3.) Do you use only that kind, and that degree of drink which is best both for your body and soul ? (4.) Do you choose and use water for your common drink ? And only take wine medicinally or sacramen tally ? 3. Wherein do you take up your cross daily ? Do you cheerfully bear your cross, however grievous, to profit thereby? 4. Do you endeavour to set God always before you ? To see his eye continually fixed upon you 1 Never can you use these means but a blessing will ensue. And the more you use them, the more you will grow in grace. Section X. ■• ■ . ■ - 0/ visiting from house to house^ and enforcing Practical Religion, Ques. 1. How can we further assist those under our care? Ans. 1. By instructing them at their own houses. What unspeakable need is there for this I The world says, '* The Methodists are no better fhan other people,** I 1 ! - I H- t» 72 pRACtlCAL RILXOIOir. n This is nofc true in general; but 1. Personal religion, either toward God or man, is too superficial among us. We can but just touch on a few particulars. How little faith is there among us ! How little communion with God, how little living in heaven, walking in eternity, deadness to every creature I How much love of the world I Desire of pleasure, of ease, of getting money I How little brotherly love ! What continual judging one another I What gossiping, evil speaking, tale bearing I What want of moral honesty ! To instance only one particular : Who does as he would be done by, in buying and selling ? 2. Family religion is wanting in many branches. And what avails public preaching alone, though we could preach like angels ? We must, yea, every Tra- velling Preacher must instruct the people from house to house 1 Till this is done, and that in good earnest, the Methodists will be no better. Our religion is not sufl&ciently deep, universal, uni- form : but superficial, partial, uneven. It will be so till we spend half as much time in this visiting, as we now do in talking uselessly. Can we find a better method of doing this than Mr. Baxter's 1 If not, let us adopt it without delay. His whole tract, entitled Gildas Salvianust or The Reformed Pastor, is well worth a careful perusal. Speaking of this visiting from house ji .> I i PRACTIOAL BELiaiON. 78 to house, lie says, (p. 351), '* we shall find many hin- drances, both in ourselves and the people." 1. In ourselves there is much dulness and laziness, so that thero will be much ado to get us to be faithful in the work. , / 2. We have a base man-pleasing temper, so that wo let them pefish rather than lose their love ; we let them go quietly to hell, lest we should oflfend them. 3. Some of us have a foolish bashfulness, we know not how to begin, and blush to contradict the devil. 4. But the great hindrance is weakness of faith. Our whole motion is weak because the spring is weak. 5. Lastly, we are unskilful in the work. How few know how to deal with men, so as to get within them, and suit all our discourse to their several conditions and tempers : to choose the fittest subjects, and follow them with a holy mixture of seriousness, terror, love, and meekness! < ^ :, rr > But undoubtedly this private application is implied in those solemn words of the Apostle, I charge thee therefore he/ore God and the Lord Jesus Christf who shall judge the quick and the dead at his appearing, and his king- dom ; preach the word; he instant in season ; out of sea- son ; reprove, rebuke, exhort, with all long-suffering, and doctrine. • brethren, if we could but set this work on foot in all our societies, and prosecute it zealouslv, what glory ri'- 'M' ^'C -■':•'; ( . T*'' 74 PRACTICAL RILIOION. [.-'■'•y% ilk;''' would redound to God I If the common lukewarmness were banished, and every shop and every house busied in speaking of the word and works of God ; surely God would dwell in our habitations, and make us his delight. And this is absolutely necessary to the welfare of our people, some of whom neither repent nor believe to this day. Look round, and see how many of them are still in apparent danger of damnation. And how can you walk and talk, and be merry with such people, when you know their case. When you look them in the face you should break forth into tears, as the Prophet did when he looked upon Hazael, and then set on them with the moat vehement exhortations. 0, for God's sake and the sake of poor souls, bestir yourselves, and spare no pains that may conduce to their salvation I What cause have we to bleed before the Lord that we have so long neglected this good work ! If we had but engaged in it sooner, how many more might have been brought to Christ ? And how much holier and happier might our Societies have^'been before' now ? And why might we not hhve done it sooner? There were many hindrances : and so there always will be. But the greatest hindrance is in ourselves, in our littleness of faith and love. ' But it is objected, I. " This will take up so much time we shall not have leisure to follow our studies." PBACTICAL K£LiaiOK. n We answer, 1. Gaining knowledge is a good thing, but saving souls is a better. 2. By this very thing you will gain the most excellent knowledge, that of God and eternity. 3. You will have time for gaining other knowledge, too. Only sleep not more than you need ; « and never be idle, or triflingly employed." But 4. If you can do but one, let your studies alone. "We ought to throw by all the libraries in the world, rather than be guilty of the loss of one soul. It is objected, II. " The people will not submit to it." If some will not, others will. And the success with them will repay all your labour. O let us herein follow the example of St. Paul. 1. For our general business* Serving the Lord with all humility %/ mind : 2. Our special work, Take heed to yourselves and to all the flock: 3. Our doctrine, Repentance towards Godj and faith towards our Lord Jesus Christ : 4. The place, / have taught you publicly J and from house to house : 6. The object and manner of teaching, / ceased not to warn evety onCf night and day, with tears : 6. His innocence and self denial. Herein have I coveted no man's silver or gold: 7. His patience, Neither count I my life dear unto myself. And among all other motives, let these be ever before our eyes ; 1 . The Church of God, which he hath purchased with his own hlood. 2. Grievous wolves shall enter in ; yea, of yourselves shall men arise speaking perverse thing s> 1 ii liiil I re PRACITICAL BELIQIOM. M } li w \ i ■fy Write this upon your hearts, and it will do you more good than twenty years' study. Then you will have no time to spare : you will have work enough. Then, like- wise, no Preacher will stay with us who is as salt that I has lost its sayour. For to such this employment would be mere drudgery. And in order to it, you will have need of all the knowledge you can procure, and all the | grace you can attain. The sum is, Go into every house in course, and teach I all therein, both young and old, to be Christians inwardly and outwardly ; make every particular plain to their understanding; fix it in their minds; writer it on their | hearts. In order to is, there must be line upon line, precept upon precept. What patience, what love, what I knowledge is requisite for this! We must needs do this, were it only to avoid idleness. Do we not loiter | away many hours in every week ? Each try himself; No idleness is consistent with a growth in grace. !Nay, without exactness in redeeming time, you cannot retain | the grace you receive in justification. Ques. 2. Why are we not more holy ? Why do we not live in eternity ? Walk with God all the day long! I Why are we not all devoted to God ? Breathing the whole spirit of Missionaries ? Ans, Chiefly because we are enthusiasts ; looking for the end, without using the means. To touch only upon FRACTIOAL RELIGION. Y7 J ' w two or three instances. Who of us rises at four, or even at five, when we do not preach ? Do we know the obli- gation and benefit of fasting, or abstinence ? Howofien do we practice it ? The neglect of this alone is sufficient to account for our feebleness and faintness of spirit. We are continually grieving the Holy Spirit of God by the habitual neglect of a plain duty. Let us amend from this hour. Ques. 3. How should we guard against Sabbath- breaking, ^il-speaking, unprofitable conversation, light- ness, expensivenesa, or gaiety of apparel, and contracting debts without due care to discharge them ? Ans. 1. Let us preach expressly on each of these heads. 2. Kead in every society the sermon on evil speakiiig. 3. Let the Leaders closely examine and exhort every person to put away the accursed thing. 4. Let the Ministers and Preachers warn every Society, that none who is guilty herein can remain with us. 5. Extirpate out of our Church buying or selling goods which have not paid the duty laid upon them by Gov- ernment. Let none remain with us who will not totally abstain from this evil in every kind and degree. Extir- pate bribery, receiving anything directly or indirectly, for voting at 4iny election. Show no respect to persons herein* but expel all that touch the accursed thing. And strongly advise our people to discountenance all UNIVERSITY OF WINDSOR lEM ?8 BAPTIZED CBILDhCN. 41 • 1 (I {! II Hi ) ! treats given by candidates before, or at elections, and not to be partakers, in any respect, of such iniquitous practices. Section XI. Of the Relation of Baptized Children to the Church. Ques, 1 Are all young children entitled to baptism ? Ans^ We hold that all children, by virtue of the unconditional benefits of the atonement> are members of the kingdom of Grod, and, therefore, gMciously en- titled to baptism ; but as infant baptism contemplates a course of religious instruction and discipline, it is expected of all parents or guardians who present their children for baptism, that they use all diligence in bringing them up in conformity to the word of God, and they should be solemnly admonished of this obligation, and earnestly exhorted to faithfulness therein. Qu&i. 2. "What is the relation of baptized children to the Church ? Ans, We regard all children who have been bap- tized, as placed in visible covenant relation to God, and under the special care and isupervision of the Church. Ques, 3. What shall be done for the baptized chil- dren of our Church ? Ans, 1, The Superintendent shall preserve a full M. ^^ BAPTIZED CniLDKEK. 79 and accurate register of the names of all bapticed children within his pastoral care ; their parentage» thb dates of their birth, baptism^ and places of resi- dence. ?> I • 1 1 ■ 'i ,i".H;t1^I Ans. 2. As early as they shall be able to under* stand, let them be taught the nature, design, and obligations of their baptism, and the truths of religion necessary to make them wise unto salvation j let our Catechisms be placed in their hands, and let all who can, read and commit the same to to'cmory ; let them be encouraged to attend class, and to give re- gular attendance upon all the means of grace, according to their age, capacity, and religious experience. i*.(4V Ans. 3. Whenever they shall have attained an age sufficient to understand the obligations of religlont and shall give evidence of a desire to flee from the wrath to come, and to be saved from their sins, their names shall be enrolled in the list of probationers ; and if they shall continue to give evidence of a principle and habit of piety, they may be admitted into full membership in the Church, on the recommendation of a leader with whom they have met at least three months in class, by publicly assenting before the Church to the baptismal covenant, and also the usual questions on doctrines and discipline. i'fli^vi ;-4- ymmmm^^i^fm M il M' ■Pit- - i ')!■ ' It I H KHPLOTINO nUB PROriTABLT. An8, 4. 'Whenerer a baptized child shall by orphan^ AgO) or otherwise, become deprived of Ohristian guar* diafiship, the Superintendent shall ascertain and report to the Leaders' Meeting the facts in the case ; and such provision shall be made for the Christian training of the child, as the circumstances of the ease "iV admit and rehire. Ci. :..!^..,,,f ^^^^ i^.^jt^oli^v; Section XII. ; ' ' v;/ ■ • -i-.J -•• . ■£4: ■ ■ '" •' Of employing our time profitably ^ when not engaged, in puhlic exercises, -^i^yt^^'mh '4 mJi Quei, 1. What general method of employing our time shall we advise ? ...... AnB, 1. We advise, 1. As often as possible to rise at four. 2. From iozr to fire in the momingr and flrom five to six in the evening, to meditate, pray, and read the Soi iptures with notes, and the closely practical parts of what Mr. Wesley has published. 3. From six in the u;orning till twelve (allowing an hour for break- last), read, with much prayer, some of our best religious books. ' .'\ti'^Us]JJ ^fij fij iiifuV:istii(Mji;;i Ques. 2. Why is it that the people under our care lire not better? If Ans, Other reasons may concur, but the chief is, be- eaiiiBe we are not more knowing and mort holy* M OKtt>H AttONO OtJMliLrSS. •I Ques. 3. But why are we not more knowing? Ans. Because we are idle. We forfl;ot our firs^ ruley "Be diligent — never be unemployed — never be triflingly employed. Neither spend any more time at any place than is strictly necessary," We fear there is altogether a fault in this matter, and that few of us are clear. Which of us spend as many hou rs a day in God's work, as we did formerly in man's work ? We talk, talk — or read what comes next to hand. We must, absolutely must, cure this evil or betray the cause of God. But how ? 1 . Read the most useful books, and that regu- larly and constantly. 2- Steadily spend all the morning in this employment, or at least five hours in four-and- twenty. *' But I have no taste for reading." Contract a taste for it by use, or return to your former employ- ment. **I have no books." Be diligent to spread the books, and you will have the use of them. :tU.Hi'if ( yiAt Section XIII. 0/ the Nenessiti/ of Union among OurielveiU Let us be deeply sensible (from what we have known) of the evil af a division in principle, spirit, or practice^ and the dreadful consequences to ourselres and others. If we are united, what can stand before us? If wd 01 vide, Tn^e shall destroy ourselves, the work of God^ and the fionlii of our people. m^4t -i-'-j. .1 .tt.'*.-joJ &ii^ ioj :j|\, .• <• i 6ii .....%.,- l^tBLlC WORSttn'. i!! I m n il! ' ( ^: Qu€8. What can be doae in order tv> a closer union 'with each other 1 ,, Ans. 1. Let us be deeply convinced of the absolute necessity of it«»*^ y* 'm.-i**'. tm -^^ . 2. Pray earnestly for and speak freely to each other, 3. When we meet, let us never part without prayer, 4. Take great en re not to despise each other's gifts. 5. Never speak lightly of each other. ./v. * i .. _ 6. Let us defend each other's character in everything, 80 far as is consistent with the truth. 7. Labour, in honour, each to prefer the other before himself. ' 8. We recommend a serious perusal of The Causes, Evils J and Cures of the Heart and Church divisions, ^.^ J ,.. ,1^'^-r:. Section XIV. ■■: ^^ -, • -JJ«t^ 01 : ' Qjr p^j^ii^ Worship, '^-^^'t Ques. 1. What direction shall be given for the establish* ment of uniformity in public worship among us, on the Lord's Day ? 'Ans. 1. Let the morning service consist of singing, prayer, the reading of a chapter out of the Old Testa- ment, and another out of the New* and preaching. 2. Let the afternoon and evening service consist of singing, prayer, the reading of one or two chapters out of the iiible, and preaching, r^ . .*■«> i- 8. Let the Lord's Prayer ftlso be used on all oooasioni III ■» , *^ if. SPIRIT AND TRUTH OF SINQISO. 88 of public worship in concluding the first prayer, and thd Apostolic benediction in dismissing the congregation. 4. In administering the ordinances, let the form in the Discipline be used. -'^^'■■^^ 5. Let the Society be met, at least once a quarter, wherever it is practicable, on the Sabbath day. Qiies. 2. Ij! there not a great indecency sometimes practised among us, viz.: talking in the congregation be- fore and after service ? How shall this be cured ? Ans. Let the Ministers and Preachers enlarge on the iropropriety of talking before or after service j and strongly exhort those that are concerned, to do it no more. v.-? ^:r.y'-ri^mf.U ■- - -^'^ ' '^ Section XV. ru n^^^'ry^t Of the Spirit and Truth of Singing. Ques. IJow shall we guard against formality in sing- ing ? • ' miRvmps Ans. 1. By choosing such hymns as are proper for the congregation. : • ) ;'- <^ -h •'^i*^ hD^'!>fi*i^>i:^5 2. By not singing too much at once ; seldom more than five or six verses. " • ' . ; i ; ^ {j ■ -t i t:s:il 3. By suiting the tune to the words. ■'■■■^-■■'^^'■'^^- j « 4. By often stopping short, and asking the people, ''Now! do you know what you said last? Did you speak no more than you felt ?" . 6. Do not sufifer the people to sing too slowly. This • l! • W •«' .fJfU^JIJ "0 1 '{] . 1 84 iPIRIT AND TRUTH Of SINOIKO. h I ■ naturally tends to formality, and is brought in by those •who have either very stront; or very weak voices. 6. In every large Society let them learn to sing j and let them always learn our tunes first. 7. Introduce no new tune till they are perfect in the old. 8. Recommend our tune book. And if you cannot sing yourself, choose a person or two at each place to pitch the tune for you. 9. Exhort every person in the congregation to sing ; not one in ten only. ''" ''' 10. Sing no Hymns of your own composing. » 11. If a Minister or Preacher be present, let him alone give out the words. 12. When the singers would teach a tune to the congregation, they must sing only the tenor. 13. Let it be recommended to our people, not to attend the singing schools which are not under our direction. 14. The Ministers and Preachers are desired not to encourage the singing of fugue tunes in our congregations. 15. We do not think that fugue tunes are sinful or improper to be used in private companies : but we dc not approve of their being used in our public congrega- tions, because public singing is a part of Divine Worship in which all the congregation ought to join. 16. The singing and all other parte of public wor- ship are under the control and direction of the Super- ntendjsnt of the Circuit. Jf *■ ■I • ' BVLE8 OF THB UNITED S001XTIK8. af '^f*!- v^ ^•<^A *y\.:f.> %Vi .. i-l M.» ..„ „,^. OP MEMBERS OP THE CHUROH. „ - .y, , ,, ^"t- ■ •'■■ -■ ■ -v^i-'M'i: J 7'-.-.. v^>. Section I. .-..a,.. ' vs? The Origin^ Design, and General Rules of our United • ..') V xJ. '«»r^ ff''\ 2. To advise, reprove, comfort, or exhort, as occasion may require. ''-■" ''^''^ i^/»^^fv/.« :^?- :■' 3. To receive what they are willing to give, towards the support of the Ministers, Preachers, Church, and poor. Second, To meet the Ministers and Stewards of the Society once a week, in order, ' ' " 1. To inform the Minister of atiy that are sick, or of any that walk disorderly, and will not be reproved. 2. To pay the Stewards what they have received of the several Classes in the week preceding. ^ f^ (4) There is only one condition previously required \ of those who desire admission into these Societies, — a desire to flee from the wrath to come, and to he saved from their sins. But wherever this is really fixed in the soul, it will be sliown by its fruits. It is therefore expected continue Firsf, kind, esj such as The The ordinarj Drani driakinc Tkeh with thi Fight with brc ing; th( Thel duty. The Unci larly sp Doin unto I Doir The The name HHHMPP iiH SULBS or THE UlfflTED SOCIETIES. 8T expected of all who continue therein, that they should continue to evidence their desire of salvation, Flrsf, By doing no harm, by avoiding evil of every kind, especially that which is most generally practised,— such as '^ •■■ «" -^.-^ '^.^ -^';" .--...'.■.^•.■■- ■ -r.-.^u'-^^ The taking of the name of God in vain. The profaning of the day ot the Lord, either by doing ordinary work therein,. or by buying or selling. Drunkenness, baying or sailing ripirituous liquors, or drinking them, unless in cases of extreme necessity. The buying and Helling of men, women and children^ with the intention to enslave them. Fighting, quarrelling, brawling, brother going to law with brother ; returning evil foi- evil, or railing for ra,il- ing; the using many words in buying or selling. The buying or selling goods that have not paid the duty. 4, ■:.:■■„.. - '. .■••'^>n; -.?' :3-vft • The giving or taking on usury, i.e., unlawful interest. Uncharitable or unprofitable conversation ; particu- larly speaking evil of Magistrates or Ministers. Doing to others as we would not they should do unto us. . , ., ..; .^ ■ ^,:\ .-; •;u.-^ Doing what we know is not for the glory of God ; as, The putting on of gold or costly apparel. ^> . • .# The taking such diversions as cannot be used in the name of the Lord Jesus. ^^ ^^2 ■ ^t^ii gri •««, 4 1 M4 J ' •,&* I nil ill JiUi^ '^,\ Borrowing without a probability of paying, or taking up goods without a probability of paying for thera. (5) It is expacted of all who continue in these Socie- ties that they should continue to evidence their desire of salvation. - - - Secondly^ By doing good, by being in every kind merciful after their power, as they have opportunity, doing good of every possible sort, and, as far as possible, to all men. To their bodies, of the ability which God giveth, by giving food to the hungry, by clothing the naked, by visiting or helping them that a^e sick or in prison, To their souls, by instructing, reproving, or exhorting all we have any intercourse with ; trampling under foot that enthusiastic doctrine, that '' we arc not to do good, unless our hearts are free to do it.'' By doing good, especially to thera that are of the household of faith, or groaning so to be ; employing thera preferably to others; bu3?ing one of another; helping each other in business ; and so much the more, because the world will love its own, and them only. By all possible diligence and frugality, that the gospel be not blamed. \ ^ >g* nULBS or THIt UNITED SOCIETIES. 89 By running with patierce the race which is set before them, denying themselves, and taking up their cross daily ; submitting to bear the reproach of Christ, to be as of the filth and offscouring of the world ; and looking that men should say all manner of evil of them /a?se/y for the Lord' s sake, ^ '' ' •■ ' v ^ (6) It is expected of all who desire to continue in these Societies that they should continue to evidence their desire of salvation, Thirdly^ By attending to all the ordinances of Godj Such as, ,v, • \ The public worship of God. • • ' The ministry of the word, either read or expounded. The Supper of the Lord. ,, , , . . . Family and private prayer. i -i ; ,1 ; Searching the Scriptures, and • • -/^ -I Fasting or abstinence. " i. ; yj' (7) These are the general rules of our Societies; all of which we are taught of God to observe, even in his written word, which is the only rule, and the sufficient rule, both of our faith and j^ractice. And all these we know his Spirit writes on truly awakened hearts. If the^e be any among us who observe them not, who habitually break any of them, let it be known unto them who watch over that soul, as they who must give an ac- count. We will admonish him of the error of his ways. I III ai n > h, I'l w BAND BOCIETIES. ', I ill (II III 1i« :f'' III «1| i ; ■ i «e iiE m i urn We \yill bear with him for a season. But, if then he repeat not, he hath no more place among as. We have dfelivered our own souk , - "'■'^ ■ "^ Section II. .-'■' "'^" ■ ^'' ^' 0/ the Band Societies. ., . Two, three or four true believers, who have confidence in each other, form a Band : — only it is to be observed, that in one of these bands, all must be men, or all women; and all married, or all unmarried. -^ ^ Rules of the Band Societies, draton up Dec. 25, 1738. The design of our meeting is to obey that command of God, Confess your faults one to another ^ and pray one for another, that ye may be healed, — James Y. 16. To this end we agree, — '• ■ ? ^- " • >; 1. To meet once a week at least. . ,i,* 2. To come punctually at the hour appointed ; unless sqme extraordinary reason prevents. ;'3. To begin exactly at the hour with singing or prayer. 4. To speak, each of us in order, freely and plainly, the true state of our souls, with the faults we have com- mitted in tempers, words or actions, and the temptations we have felt since our last meeting. i ., , 5. To end every meeting with prayer, suited to the state of each person present. !%<■• l-i •O V 1^1 . ' i .' v^' ;r:.^l>^ il'-ar -i"'-^ V I '* \ 'IL, BAITD SOOIETIEa. f 'Q lie I 6. To do&ire some person among ua to speak his OTvn state first, and then to ask the rest in order, as many, and as searching questions as may be, concerning their state, sins and temptations. Some of the questions proposed to one before he is admitted among us may be to this effect : — 1. Have you the forgiveness of your sins? 2. Have you peace with God, through Our Lord Jesus Christ ? , • 3. Have you the witness of God's Spirit with your spirit that you are a child of God ? 4. Is the love of God shed abroad in your heart? 5. Has no sin, inward or outward, dominion over you? 6. Do you desire to be told of your faults ? 7. Do you desire to be told of all your faults, and that plain and home ? a 8 Do you desire that every one of us should tell you, from time to time, whatsoever is in his heart concerning you? " ... "■- ..... ,. -•• .,■ . ,..•.= ..v., ,,/. ,,.r^ ,v 9. Consider ! Do you desire we should tell you what- soever we think, whatsoever we fear, whatsoever we hear/ concerning you ? 10. Do you desire that in doing this we should come as close as possible, that we should cat to the quick, and search your heart to the bottom ? 11. Is it your desire and design to be on this, and all other occasions, entirely open, so as to speak without disguise and without reserve ? m !«« ■,%. e> IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 I.I 11.25 1.4 mil 1.6 V] ^ / <% %!^.^''.^ Photographic Sciences Corporation -o-^'^^ ^-tf*."^ n. V 33 WIST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, NY 14580 (716) 873-4i03 V' ^ w ►> MM M ' BAND SOClKftiA Any of tlie preceding questions m&y be esked as ofUn as.ooeasioa reqaires : the four following at every meet- ing : 1. What known sins have yua connnitt^ since onr iast meeting ? 2. What particular temptations have yon met with ? 3. How were you delivered ? ^ 4. What have you thought, said, or done, of which you doubt whether it be sin or not ? Directions given to the Band Society t Dec, 25, 1744*. 'i You are supposed to have the Faith that overcometA the world. — To you, therefore, it is not grievous, I. — Carefully totibstain from doing evil ; in particular, 1. To neither &iiy nor sell anything at all on the Lord's Day. 2. To taste no spirituous liquor, no dram of any kind, unless prescribed by a physician. 3. To be at a word in buying or selling. 4. Not to mention the faults of any behind his back, and to stop those short that do. 6. To wear no needless ornaments, such as rings, earrings, necklaces, lace, or ruffles. 6. To use no needless self-indulgence, 11.-^ Zealously to maintain good works ; in particular, 1. To give alms of such things as you possess, and that according to your ability. 2. inloi 3. denic in God 1.1 evei 2. pray 3. ther 4, Fri CLASS KKBTIlfOS. M • 'i'.'- ofttn imeet- our f rhich 2. To reprove those who sin in yonr sight^ ftnd that in ]ove and meekness of wisdom. 3. To be patterns of diligence nn^fi'ugality, ofiel/' denial, and taking up the cross daily. III. — Constantly to attend on all the ordinances of God; in particular, 1. To be at church, and at the Lord's Table, and at every public meeting of the Bands, at every opportunity. 2. To use private prayer every day; and family prayer, if you are the head 3f a family. 3. Frequently to read the Scriptures, and : editatd thereon. And, 4. To observe as days of fasting or abstinence all Fridays in the year. Section III. Of Class Meetings, Question 1. How may the Leaders of Classes be rendered more useful ? Answer 1. Let each of them be diligently examined concerning his method of meeting a Glass. Let this be done with all possible exactness, at least once a quarter. In order to this take sufficient time. 2. Let each Leader carefully inquire how every soul in his Class prospers : not only how each person observes the outward rules, but how he grows in the knowledge and love of God. H CLASS MEZTIKGS. PB I >! f) iHi 3. Let the Leaders converse frequently and freely with those who have the charge of their Circuits. Ques. 2. Can anything more he done in order to make the Class Meetings lively and profitable? Ans, 1. Change improper Leaders. 2. Let the Leaders frequently meet each other^s Classes. '^ - ^ ^' 3» Let us observe which Leaders are the most useful ; and let these meet the other Classes as often as possible. 4. See that all the Leaders be not only men of sound judgment, but men truly devoted to God. . 5. As a general rule let no Leader have charge or more than one Class, Qu€S, 3. How shall we prevent improper persons from insinuating themselves into the Church ? Ans. 1. Give 2\ckets to none until they are recom- mended hy a LeadeVy with whom they have met at least three months on trial, 2. Give trial tickets to none but those who are recom- mended by one you know, or until they have met three or four times in a Class. j^n^^Kcti ^^i^ rv«' t'-i^'i-n 3. Head the rules to them the first time they meet. 4. Private members in connection with other Evan- gelical Churches, or with any seceding body of Metho- dists, who make application for admission into our Church may be received by the Ministers on the circuit as members without the usual term of probation. Ques. Church the':r C Ans. Yisit til them tl exclusi 2.1 of the that tl (upline U'« Ofth Q« of ou A-> place they Q pres J and thr PRIVILEGES TO PBBS0N8 KOT OP OUR CH(7RCH. M peelj |r to Ques. 4. What shall we do with those members of our Church who wilfully and repeatedly neglect to meet the'r Class? Ans. 1. Let the Chairman, or one of the Preachers, visit them whenever it is practicable, and explain to ihem the consequence if they continue to neglect, viz., exclusion. . , 2. If they do not amend, let him who has the charge of the Circuit exclude them, (in the church,) showing that they are laid aside for a breach of our rules of Dis- cipline, and not for immoral conduct. "^^' " Section IV. 0/ the privileges granted to serious Persons who are m-it-m^.^sJ^o^ 9f ^'^^ Church, Ques, 1. How often shall we permit those who are not of our Church to meet in Class ? Ans. At every other meeting of the class m every place, let no strangers be admitted. At other times they may ; but the same person not above twice or thrice. Ques. 2. How often shall we permit strangers to be present at our Love-Feasts ? '"Ans. Let them be admitted with the utmost caution, and the same person, on no account, above twice or thrioe, unless he become a member. M i' I "'/ : i ! r •n MABSUai. Section V. Of Marriage* Ques. 1. Do WG observe any evil which has prevailed ia our Church with respect to marriage ? ^ fjivti i*^*; « Am, Many of our members have married with un- awakened persons. This has produced bad efiFects : they have been either hindered for life, or have turned back to perdition. Ques, 2. What can be done to discourse this 1 Ans. 1. Let every Minister or Preacher public\y enforce the Apostle's caution, "Be ye not unequally yoked together with unbelievers." — 2 Cor. vi. 14. 2. Let him declare, whoever does this will be put back on trial for three months. 3. When any such is put back on trial, let a suitable exhortation be subjoined. „„ f.. v^ : f /i ■ * • r-'. XT ■■vA- 4. Let all be exhorted to take no steps in so weighty a matter, without advising with the most serious of their brethren. ts^i \ ' " r , , Ques. 3. Ought any woman to marry without the consent of her parents 1 ^^^ ..^^ . ^ ^.^ ^^i, Ans, In general she ought not. Tet there may be exceptions. For if, 1st. A woman believe it to be her duty to marry ; If, 2nd, Her parents absolutely refuse to let her marry any Christian, then she may, oay, ough a Me W who the f( are who doub wmm .»•" lURAIAO*. if ivaiJed thejr back ought to marry without their consent. Yet even then» a Methodist Preacher ought not to be married to her. We do not prevent our people from marrying persons who are not of our Churoh> provided such persons have the form and are seeking the power of godliness ; but we are determined to discourage their marrying persons who do not come up to this description. And even in a doubtful case, the member shall be put back on trial. ■ 4***j*ti:»'i&iji> lip &^ .! Section VI. i( imm^ii^m: Qf 2)rm. ^uBi. Should we insist on the rules concerning dress ? Am, By all means. This is no time to give any en- couragement to superfluity of apparel ; therefore, give no tickets to any till they have left off superfluous orna* mcnts. In order to this, 1. Let every one who has the charge of a circuit read the thoughts upon dress, at least once a year in every large society. 2. In visiting tho Glasses, bo very mild, but very strict. 3. Allow of no exempt case: — Better one suffer than many. 4. Give DO tickets to any, who, in their mode of dress, exceed the plainness and moderation enjoined in the New Testament. . ,^^jrft.. ... ... : mmt 08 it [ TRIAL OP MINISTERS ARD PREACHEIUL i CHAPTER y?" OF BRINGINO MINISTEEIS AND MEMBERS TO TRIAL, AND OF INSOLVENCIES AND THE SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES. Section I. Of the trial of Ministers and Travelling Preachers. Ques, 1. What shall be done when a Minister or Preacher is under report of being guilty o^ .some crimen expressly forbidd3n in the word of God, as an unchristian practice, sufficient to exclude a person from the kingdom of grace and glory ? - : r -^ v.t Ans. 1. The presiding officer shall furnish the accused in due time, with an exact copy of the charge or charges and specifications in writing, and the time and place of trial. 2. If the accused be the President of the Conference ; * the Co-Delegate, or in his absence the Chairman of the District on which the President resides, is required to select a committee of at least five to investigate the case, and shall preside at the trial. '** f^i^'^^- : -^^ t^' 3. If the accused be the Co- Delegate, the Superin- tendent of Missions, or a Chairman of a District ; the President of Conference, or in his absence a Deputy appointed by him, who shall be a Chairman of a Dis- trict, shall select the Committee to investigate the case, and shall preside at tho trial. 4. Preao 1. call a< at leai accus« 2. monis Comi Distr tHUL OF MlNlStERS AND PRSAOBfiM. •9 4. I^ the accused be a Minister, or a Trayelling Preacher; then,— 1. Let the Chairman » in the absence of the President, call as many Travelling Ministers as he shall think fit ; at least three ; and if possible bring the accused and the accuser face to face. . „. 2. If the person be clenrly convicted, he shall be ad* monished, reproved, suspended ; or disposed ofi as the Committee may judge expedient, until the next ensuing District Meeting. ''^>^'^'^ ^^''^^^^i ''' 3. If the accuser and the accused cannot be brought face to face, but the alleged delinquent evades trial, it shall be received as presumptive proof of guilt, and out of the mouth of two or three witnesses he shall be con- demned. Nevertheless, in that case, as well as in all others, the District Meeting shall examine into it ; shall dispose of the case as it judges expedient ; and shall re* port to the Conference, where the whole matter shall be finally determined. # ^ifihm 'lir^i^iiSi^^&im.: Mi 4. If a Minister or Preacher be charged with im* morality between the time of holding the District Meeting and the Conference, a committee chosen as above direcced shall investigate the matter, and shall have authority to admonish, reprove, or suspend the offender until the Conference, when the case shall bo finally determined. }'t4Wm^ 5* If there be a difference between any oi the Ministerf Si •41, 22 100 TSXAL or MIKUTSBI AMD PRBACBIiW. If ■ifi' Ml l>^ t>r Proaohers on a Distriot, the respective parties shall choose two Ministers ; and the Chairoiao of the District, with the four Ministers so chosen* shall be th« final arbitrators to deternoino (he matter in dispute. . 6. In case of any dispute between a Travelling Preacher and any one of our members relative to mat. ters of secular business, the Chairman of the District shall recommend an arbitration, consisting of a Preacher or lay member of our Church, chosen by each of the parties ; which two persons thus chosen shall call a third meLiber or Minister, to which throe the matter shall be referred* : "I 7. If any Minister or Preacher shall have contractea debts which he is not able to pay, let the Chairman ap- point three judicious Ministers or members of the Church, to make the necessary inquiries into the circum* atsnoes of the supposed delinquent, and if, in their opinion* he has acted dishonestly* or contracted debts without a probability of paying, let him be reproved, suspended, or disposed of as the committee may judge txpedient, until the next ensuing District Meeting. ^ . 8. In every case of equality the Chairman shall have h casting vote. • -- - - ^r r - • . ^^.^^ .. 'v„-« ^ Ques* 2. What shall be done In cases of improper tempers* words* or actions ? ^ *»'•' »^J">*^i/ Ans, The person so offending shall be reproved by Mf M&lor in officiei Should a setiond transgpreiHUon ttko place, \m tBiAL or unnsnam and pRMAeoBBs. 101 J n I shall I place, one or more Ministers or Preachers are to be Itrict, I taken as witnesses. If he be not then cured, he shall I final I be tried at the next District Meeting. Ques. 3. What shall be dono wkh those Ministers or Preachers who hold and disseminate^ publicly or private- ly, doctrines which are contrary to our Articles of Religion? - - Ans. Let the same process be observed as in cases of gross immorality ; but if the Minister or Preacher sO offending do solemnly engage not to desseminate such erroneous doctrines, in public or in private, he shall be borne with until his case be laid before the next Con- ference, which shall determine the matter. Ques* 4. What shall be done in case any Minister or Travelling Preacher follow a trade^ or be engaged in any secular business ? Ol' 1-4f' ' iir-M-^ -^"^T Am, If any Travelling Minister, Preacher, or Mis* sionary be employed iu, or carry on any trade, he shallf on proof thereof, be excluded from the Itinerant Plso ) as we judge such pursuit of private emolument is inoom* patible with our Ministerial duties. No Minister or Preacher who will not relinquish his trade of huy'ing and sellings though it were only pills, drops, or balsams, shall not be considered a Minister or Travelling Preacher any longer. Selling our own hooka is an exception. dm Im lift TmUL or I^OOAL PKBACBERSt Sbction It. Of the Trial of Local Preachert, 1% When charges* are preferred against any Local Preacher, the accused and the accuser fihall respectively choose two Local Preachers, or other official memhcrs on the circuit ; or, in the event of either or both parties refusing to make the necessary choice, the Superintend- ent shall name such persons as he may deem proper, being official members, to constitute the committee, and ^ball, with the said committee, try the accused preacher; and they shall have authority, if he be found guilty, to admonish, reprove, or suspend him, till the ensuing Quarterly Meeting, when the whole matter shall be determined. '- '^^' 2. The Superintendent shall, on receiving any com- plaint against a Local Preacher, send a copy of the charge or charges, and specifications, in writing to the person accused, with the name of the accuser or ac- cusers, before he calls a committee to examine into the charge ; and shall have a casting vote in case of equality^ '^' Ques. What shall be done in, cases of improper tern- jpers, words, or actions ? *' Am. The person so oflfending shall be reprehended by the Superintendent. Should a second transgression take place, one or more faithful friends are to be taken u witnesses. If he be not oured» he shall then be tried ri;.'' TBUL or MCMBBK8 Of TRS OBURCB. 108 at the next Local Preachers* Meeting, or Quarterly Board of the Circuit, and if found guilty and impeni- tent, hr shall be expelled from the Church. Quet. 2. What shall be done when a Local Preacher fails in business, or contracts debts which he is not able to pay f Ans. TKe Superintendent Minister shall appoint three judicious members of the Church to inspect the accounts, cootracts, and circumstances of the supposed delinquent ; and if, in their opinion, he has behaved dishonestly, or contracted debts without the probability of paying, he shall be suspended until the ensuing Quarterly Meeting. 3. In every case, any Local Preacher under censure or suspension by the Quarterly Meeting, shall have the right of appeal to the ensuing Distrtct Meeting, by giving notice of his intention to do so at the time of such suspension. - ^ i ' Section IIL ■rj f Of the Trial of other Members of the Church Quea. How shall an accused member be brought to trial ? ^ Ans. 1. Before the Society of which he is a member, or a select number of them, in the presence of the Presi- ■% 104 TRIAL OF UBMBEB8 OF THB OHUBCB; I < ' '.?!. dent, Chairman, Minister or Preacher, in the following manner :• — Let the aooiised and the accuser be brought face to face ; but if this cannot be done, let the next best eyidence be procured. If the accused person be found guiltj by a decision of a majority of the members before whom he is brought to trial, and the crime be such as is expressly forbidden by the Word of God, sufficient to exclude a person from the kingdom of grace and glory, let the Minister or Preacher who has the charge of the Circuit expel him. If the accused person «yade a trial, by absenting himself, after sufficient notice given him, and the circumstances of the accusa- tion be strong and presumptive, let him be esteemed as guilty, and accordingly excluded. Witnesses from without shall \^ot be rejected. 2. But in case of neglect of duties of any kind, im- prudent conduct, indulging sinful tempers or words, or disobedience tx) the order and discipline of the Church : — First, let private reproof be giving by a Preacher or Leader. On a second offence, the Minister, Preacher or Leader may take one or two faithful friends, and if there be an acknowledgment of the fault, and proper humiliation, we will bear with him for a ipason. On a third offence let the case be brought before the Society, or a select number, and if there be no sign of real humiliation, the offender must be cut off. im T&IAL or HEMBEBS OF THE CBURCB. 106 3. If a member of our Churoh shall be dearly oon- yicted of endeavouring to sow dissensions in any of oar Societies, by inveighing against either our Doctrines or Discipline, such person so offending shall be first re- proved by the Superintendent of his Circuit, and, if he persist in such pernicious practices, he shall be expdled from the Church. 4. Nevertheless, if in any of the above-mentioned cases, the Superintendent differ in judgement from the majority of the Society, or the select number, concerning the innocence or guilt of the accused person, the trial, in such case, may be referred by the Minister or Preacher to the ensuing Quarterly Official Meeting. 5. If there be a murmur or complaint from any ex- cluded person, in any of the above-mentioned instances, that justice has not boon done, he shall be allowed an appeal to the next Quarterly Meeting : except such as absent themselves from trial, after sufficient notice is given them ; — and the majority of the Ministers, Travel- ling and Local Preachers, Exhorters, Stewards, and Leaders, present, shall finally determine the case. ^ 6. In all cases of trial the Chairman of the Commit- tee shall cause exact minutes to be taken and recorded of the charges, testimony, and examination, together with the decision of the Committee : which reoord» V- 10ft TfilAL OF ItEMBkKS Ot THB CHtRClt. 1 1 when read and approved) shall be signed by be Chair- man, and also by the members of such Committee who are present, or a majority of them, and be preserved by the ChairmaDi am'^ng the official documents of the Circuit* 7 On any dispute between two or more of the Mem» bers of our Church, concerning the payment of debts or otherwise, whioh cannot be settled by the parties con- cerned, the Preacher who has the charge of the Circuit shall inquire into the circumstances of the case : and {Shall recommend to the contending parties a reference^ consisting of one arbitrator chosen by the plaintiff) and another chosen by the defer iant which two arbitrators so chosen, shall nominate a third ; the three arbitrators being Members of our Church* In all cases of arbitration, the report thereof shall be handed to the Superintendent of the Circuit. 8. But if one of the parties be dissatisfied with the judgment given, such party may apply to the ensuing Quarterly Meeting of the Circuit, for permission to have a second arbitration appointed ; and if the Quarterly Meeting see sufficient reason, they shall grant a second arbitration, in which case each party shall choose two arbitrators, and the four arbitrators shall choose a fifth* the judgment of the majority of whom shall be final ; and TRIAL OF HSKBER8 OF TBI CHURCH. lOT any person refusing to abide by it shall be excluded from the Church. 9. And if any Member of our Church shall refuse, in case of debt or other disputes, to refer the matter to arbitration, when recommended by him who has the charge of the Circuit, or shall enter iuto a law-suit with another Member before these measures are taken, he phall be expelled, unless the case be of such a nature as to require and justify a process at law. 10. The Preachers who have the oversight of Circuits are required to execute all our rules fully and strenu- ously against all frauds, and particularly against dishon- est insolvencies, suffering none to remain in the Church on any account, who are found guilty of any fraud. 11. To prevent scandal, when any of our Members fail in business, or contract debts which they are not able to pay, let two or three judicious Members of the Church inspect the accounts of the supposed delinquent ; and if he have behaved dishonestly, or borrowed money without a probability of paying, let him be expelled. 12. Whenever a complaint is made against any Mem- ber of the Church, for non-payment of debt — when the accounts are adjusted and the amount ascertained — the Minister having the charge shall call the debtor before a committee of at least three, to show cause why he I .■■1 ml m. 108 TRIAL OF MEMBEBS OF THB CHUBCH. ''* K does not make payment The committee shall deter- mine what farther time shall he granted him for pay- ment, and what security, if any, shall he given for pay- ment ; and in case the dchtor refuses to comply, he shall % he expelled ; but in such case he. may appeal to the Quarterly Official Meeting, and their decision shall be final. And in case the creditor complains that justice is not done him, he may lay his grievance before the Quar- terly Official Meeting, and their decision shall be final ; and if the creditor refuse to comply, he shall be expelled. 13. After such form of trial and expulsion, such per- sons shall have no privileges of Society or of Sacraments in our Church, without contrition, confession, and proper irW X I trial. ' ( '.SJ' i. I ,« ;^") •T c- « '^ix:y.^ Qi P^'iiU **.? ^/^ \ Ik TEMPORAL ECONOMY. CHAPTER Vr. X'i'ir- {. 4;v<"-' Section I. 0/* the Boundaries of the Conference j .:. - 4. No reduction shall be »nade in a Minister's Salary during the year, in the event of the death of his wife. 6. Each child of Travelling Ministers, born after the father was received into full connexion with the Con- ference and ordained, shall bo allowed $30 per annum until 18 years of age— if not otherwise provided tor. ALLOWAMOBS TO MINISTUIS^ WITBS^ WIDOWS, ^C. tit 6. The children of Superannuated Ministers shall' re* oeive from the Children's Fund according to the proyi- sions of that fund. 7. The allowance for Superannuated Ministers shall be as follows : — Every Superannuated Minister who shall have travelled effectively fifteen years and up- wards in our worky shall be allowed eight dollars per. annum for each year of efficient setvice. 8. All other Ministers who cease to travel hj the permission of the Conference, shall receive eight dollars per annum for each year they have travelled in our work, during a period of four years. 9. The widows of deceased Ministers shall be allowed two thirds of the amounts appropriated according to th« above scale. Except : 1 Such widows as are ten years younger than their husbands, and were married sSiet their hus- bands were fifty-five years of age, or after they were superannuated. '*^» ' *^''' 2. Those widows whose husbands did not render more than five years effective service after their marrtas^ shall have no claims except by the recommendation of the Board, and at the entire discretion of the Conference. 10. When the claims upon the Superannuated Minis- ters' Fund for any year shall be more than the income of such year, each claimant shall receive a per centa;ge of said income in proportion to his or her claim. E-2 n-M lU QUALinOATION* Of STEWARDS. ;T1 Section III. «i{ O^lK* i ! Of the Qimlification, Appointment, and Duty of the Stewards of Circuits* '■ *^ Ques, 1. What are the qualifications necessary for Stewards? >< -* u.-. .u .'-.^>t>. .^.».. »».v •/'■K-tV-.* Ans, Let them be men of solid piety, who both know and love the Methodist doctrine and discipline, and of good natural and acquired abilities to transact the tern- poral business. „. , ., . , i Ques, 2. How are the Stewards to be appointed ? Ans, They shall be appointed by the vote of the November Quarterly Official Meeting; the Superin- dent nominating. f' Ques, 3. What are the duties of Stewards ? , ^^^. Ans, To take an exact account ot whatever has been collected in the Circuit for the support of Ministers and Preachers in the Circuit ; to make an accurate return of every expenditure of money, whether to the Minister, the Preacher, the sick, or the poor ; to seek the needy and distressed, in order to relieve and comfort them j to inform the Ministers or Preachers of any sick or dis- orderly persons ; to tell the Ministers or Preachers what they think wrong in them; to attend the Quarterly Meetings of their Circuits ; to give advice^ if asked, in the <)UALiriCATI0N8 OF STBWARDS. US planning the Circuit ; to attend Committees for the ap- plication of money to Churches ; to give counsel in mat« ters of arbitration ; to provide elements for the Lord's Supper ; to write circular letters to the Societies in the Circuit to be more liberal if need be; as also to let them know, when occasion requires, the state of the temporal concerns at the 1 3t Quarterly Meeting ; to fill up the printed schedules, showing the amount received for Quarterage, Family Allowance, House Bent, and Mov* iDg and Travelling Expenses, and to be subject to the President, the Chairman of their District, and the Min- isters and Travelling Preachers of their Circuit. Ques. 4. To whom are the Stewards accountable for the faithful performance of their duties ? Ans. To the Quarterly Official Meeting of the Cir- cuit or Station. Ques. 5. What number of Stewards is necessary in each Circuit? Ans, 1. l^^ot less than three, nor more than seven, one of whom shall be the Recording Steward, who shall be nominated by the Superintendent, and approved by the meeting. v ♦^^ : .- ^ . 2. When a Recording Steward of a Circuit becomes incapacitated for the duties of his office, the Superin- tendent of the Circuit shall have authority to appoint another of the Stewards to that office until the next ■^ tr" ,1 III 111 is ii i 1 1 •wP'. 114 BVILDINO CHURCHES AND PARSONAGES. |i \i i; !,' I'll Quarterly Meeting, when his place shall be supplied aopording to discipline. -nm ^ ^-v : ♦;:"« (,>"■»•* ri " t*'r '■;.-^ ■*>■.>? rvj Section IV. Of the Building of ChurcTiet and Parsonages, and ihe order to be observed therein. Ques, 1. Is anythit g advisable in regard to building ? An8» 1 Let our churches be built plain and decent, not more expensive than is absolutely necessary. 2. In order more effectually to prevent our people from contracting debts which they are not able to dis- ohargCy it shall be the duty of the Quarterly Meeting of every Circuit and station, where it is contemplated to build a <;hurch or churches, to secure the ground or lot on which such church or churches are to be built, according to our deed of settlement, which deed must be legally executed ; and also, said Quarterly Meeting shall appoint a judicious committee of, at least, three members of our Church, who shall form an estimate of the amount necessary to build; and three-fourths of the money, according to such estimate, shall be secured or subscribed before any suuh building shall be com- menced. All ohurch property to be legally secured, and the deed registered within one year after its execution. 3. In future, we will admit no charter, deed, or con- veyance, for any ohurch to be used by us, unless it be < • BUILDING CHURCBBB AND PAR80NAOM. 115 and U provided in suoh charter, deed, or oonyeyanoe, that the Trustees of the said church shall, at all times» permit such Ministers and Preachers belonging to the Wesleyan Methodist Church, as shall from time to time be duly authorised by the Conference or by the Ministers of our Church, to preach and expound God's Holy Word» and to execute the Discipline of the Church, and to admin- ister the Sacraments therein, according to the true meaning and purport of our deed of settlement. 4. When a new Board of Trustees is to be created, it shall be done by the appointment of the Quarterly Official Meeting) upon the nomination of the Superin- tendent of the Circuit or Mission, and shall consist of not less than seven nor more than twenty-one. 5. No person shall be eligible as a Trustee to any of our churches, parsonages, school-houses, burial-grounds, or other property, who is not a member of our Church. 6. No person who is a Trustee, shall be ejected while he is in joint security for money, unless such relief be given him as is demanded, or the creditor will accept. 7. When and so oflen as any one or more of the said Trustees, or of their successors in the said trust, shall die, withdraw or cease to be a member or members of the said Wesleyaa Methodist Church, according to the Bules and Discipline of the said Church, the vacant place of the Trustee or Trustees so dying, withdrawing, or ceasing to be a member or members of the said .v<,--' m ^i^ -i \\ 116 mnLDIHO CHUROBIS UID PAMOMAOIS. 'il i-i i.l* ' !H 11 iv !';i ■ Oharob, shall be filled with a successor or sncoessors, beiBg a member or members of the said Church, of the full age of twenty-one years, to be nominated and ap- pointed as follows; that is to say, — to be nominated by the Wesleyan Methodist Minister having charge for the time being of the Circuit or Station in which the said premises shall be situate, and thereupon appointed by the surviving or remaining Trustee or Trustees of the said trust, or a majority of them, if he or they shall think proper to appoint the person or persons so nominated) and, in case of an equal division of the votes of the Trustees present, at any meeting of the Trustees held for tho purpose of such appointment, the Minister so in charge of the said Circuit or Station shall have a casting vote in such appointment; and if it shall happen at any time that there shall be no surviving or remaining Trustee of the said trust, in every such case it shall and may be lawful for the Minister aforesaid to nominate, and the Quarterly Official Meeting of the Cir- cuit or Station, if they approve of the persons so nomi- nated, to appoint the requisite number of Trustees, the said Trustees of the said trust, by a vote of the majority of the members of the said meeting then present, and in case of an equal division of their votes, the Chairman of the said meeting shall have the casting vote in such ap- pointment, and the person or persons so nominated and appointed Trustee or Trustees in cither of tho said modes ei\.: B fm BUILDIMO OHVBOBM AVD PAMOMAOM. 117 •ftho of nomination and appointment, shall be the legal sno- cessor or successors of the said above named Trustees, and shall have in perpetual succession the same capacities, potrers, rights and duties, as belonged t4i and were ex- eiu:<»ed by the original Trustees. Que8, 2. What other directions are recessary with regard to church property ? ^'-^ <» « ■''■ Am, 1. In order to prevent forgetfulness and loss of Church property, an inventory of all our property, whether Lands, Churches, Parsonages, or Furniture, shall be kept from this time and forward. 2. The Book Steward for the time being shall be the Registrar, and shall provide and keep a proper Book for the purpose, which book shall be laid before the Confer- ence, for the inspection of Ministers and Preachers. - 3. Each Superintendent shall return a list and de- scription of Church property within the circumference of his Circuit or Station, every fourth year, according to Conference schedule, and at the time of the valuation of the Book Room property ; also the exact locality and other information needful ; and whether, and where the Deeds are registered. Ques. 3. What advice or direction shall be given con- cerning the building or renting of dwelling houses for the use of the Travelling Ministers ? ":1| J^i 1 ! 118 BUILOmCf GHUSCHES AND PARSONAGES. Am, 1. It is recommended by the Conference that Parsonages be obtained on all our Circuits and Missions wherever practicable, for the use of our married Minis- ters, secured according to our deed of settlement. 2. The Conference rooommend to all the Circuits, in cases where they are not able to comply with the above request, to rent a house for the married Minister and his family. 3. It shall be the duty of the Chairmen and Ministers to use their influence to carry the above rr.les respecting building and renting houses for the accommodation of Ministers and their families, into effect. In order to this, each Quarterly Meeting shall appoint a Committee (un- less other measures have been adopted) who, with the advice and aid of the Ministers and Chairman, shall de- vise such means as may seem fit to raise monies for that purpose. And the Conference shall make a special inquiry of their members respecting this part of their duty. ■ • • » ■:'in. f ,.'t that f, >.->Vt'i'^.'>M.'< v" ;'.'jR'|p. WS.T.Wt..?. .;i>>l if .f ARTICLES OF UNION '^r'^'^: BKTWEEV THE BRITISH WESLEYAN METHODIST CONF^SRENCB AND THB J. -.'.aJvv t.'i CONFERENCE OP THE WESLEYAN METHODIST CHURCH IN CANADA. I. That the Conference and Connexion of Western Canada be placed in union with the British Conference, as nearly as local and other circumstances will allow, as that which the Conference and Connexion in Ireland now sustain to the latter Body : The Chapel and other property, now held in trust for the Wesleyan Church in Canada, remain, exclusively, under the control of the Conference known in law, as the Conference of the Wesleyan Methodist Church in Canada. . . • .> II. That the British Conference shall annually appoint one of their number, or a member of our Body, as Presi- dent of the Canadian Conference, and a second Minister as an Associate of the President, so appointed, and his Co-Delegate, from the said British Conference, who may be either a British or a Canadian Minister, in full con- nexion with either Conference, as may from time to m ST' ii »i :'ii '!', mi mm" ' i tail ' 9« , 3» %■ !■ r \& 120 \ , ARTICLES OF UNION. time be judged most convenient. If the appointed President cannot remain in Canada, during the whole year of his Presidency, his Associate and Co-Delegate shall for the remainder of that year take his place in Canada, in order to superintend generally, in connexion with the regular authorities there, the work of God, and to promote the great objects of the Re-Union now contem- plated. In the event of the English Conference not appointing a President, or the President appointed not arriving in Canada, the Canada Conference shall ap- point a President, who shall appoint his own Co-Delegate. III. That in accordance with the preceding Resolu- tion, by which it is provided that the future relation of the Canada Conference to the British Conference, shall be, as nearly as may be, similar to that which is now sus- tained with the British Conference by the Conference and Connexion in Ireland, all and every the acts, admissions, expulsions and appointments, whatsoever of the Canadian Conference, the same being put into writing, and signed by the President, or by the Minister appointed as his Associate and Co Delegate, shall be annually laid before the ensuing British Conference, and when confirmed by their vote, shall be deemed, taken, and be, to all intents and purposes, valid and obligatory, from the respective times when the same shall have been oiiered or done» by the said Canadian Conference. |>ointed whole ^legate ARTICLES OP UHION. • Provided always, that all appoiatments to Chapels in Canada, the Trusts of which require that the appoint- ment of Ministers and Preachers shall he made by the Canadian Conference, shall be of absolute authority, from the time of such appointment by that Conference. lY. That for the present the existing Book of Dis- cipline of the Canadian Conference, shall remain in force, with the exception of such articles as may be affected by any of these proposals for accomplishing the desired Re-Union; subject however, to any improve- ments or amendments which may hereafter, from time to time be mutually agreed upon ; and with the impres- sion, that in order, that the future Union may be com- plete, cordial, and practically efficient, the Discipline, Economy and Form of Church Government of the Bri- tish Connexion shall, as far as possible, (in conformity with the terms of Article II. of the former agreement in 1833,) be introduced into the Societies in Upper Canada. General Superintendent. V. That the British Conference shall appoint a General Superintendent of the Missions, and Mission Schools, in Western Canada, (to act under the direction of the Wesleyan Missionary Committee,) who shall be, ex-officio, a member of the Stationing Committee of the Canada Conference, as well as of the Conference. . r: 11 " >*> II:: 123 ARTICLES or UNION. VI. That the Missions amonfij the Indian Tribes, and new settlers, which are now, or may be here- 'after established in Canada West, shall be regarded as Missions of ihe English Wesleyan Missionary- Society, under the following Regulations, viz : — 1. That the Parent Committee in London shall deter- mine the amount to be annually applied to the sup- port and extension of Missions ; and the sum granted shall be distributed by a Committee consTsting of the President and Secretary cf Conference, the Co-Dele- gate, the General Superintendent of Missions, the Chairmen of Districts, and not less than seven other Ministers, nor more than the entire numbox' of Chair- men ; to be nominated by the General Super. intendent of Missions, and elected by the Conference, who, together with an equal number of laymen, shall pos- sess and exercise all the powers now employed by the Missionary Committee and Board. Each District Meeting, when the Stewards are pre- sent, shall elect one layman, as a member of this Committee, and the Conference shall appoint the remaining number in the same way in which the Ministers of the Committee are appointed. 2. That the Methodist Missionary Society in Wes- tern Canada, under the sanction of the Conference there, shall be auxiliary to the Wesleyan Missionary ABtlCLtiS OP imioN. I2d Society in London ; and that all sums which may be contributed to its Funds shall be paid over to the Treasurers of the Wesleyan Missionary Society. 3. That all Missionaries of tiie Parent Wesleyatl Missionary Society, now in Canada, shall be sta- tioned by the Canada Conference in the same way as other Preachers of that Conference ; but in the appointment of the Missionaries, the General Super- intendent of Missions, as well as the Co-Delegate of the President (referred to in a preceding resolu- lion), shall be associated with the President of tlie Conference, and the Chairmen of Districts in their appointment. 4. That the Missionaries who may be in full con- nection with the British Conference, or any other Missionaries hereafter to be sent, who may be in full connexion with that Conference, shall, notwithstand- ing the Union between the Canada and the British Conference, so far retain their connexion with the latter, as not to lose any claims, privileges, or pe- cuniary advantages which may belong to them, by virtue of their relation to the British Conference, 5. That the Trial of all Missionaries sent to Canada in full connexion with the British Conference, who may at any time be ficcused of misconduct, or of any deviation from the Doctrines and Discipline of the '^1 Mil* [0m mm mm ifmm, mm liWI Ml '•l| til iiriai PS felS' If III •mi a i ill M' V] ■ t i fi I 124 AHTICLIS OF UNION. ■ 1 "■>:' II Methodist Connexion, shall be left with the District Meetings to which such Missionaries may respective- ly belong, and subsequently to the Canada Confer- ence ; but such Missionaries in full connexion with the British Conference shall have a right of appeal to that Conference. 6. That a joint application be made on behalf of the Committee of the Wesleyan Missionary Society, and the Representatives of the Canadian Conference, to the Imperial and Colonial authorities, that the sum here- tofore allowed as a Government Grant, in support of Wesleyan Missions in Western Canada, may be paid to the Treasurers of the Wesleyan Missionary Society, to assist that Society in the support and extension of Missions in Canada. ^^ ' 7. That as these arrangements will involve the "financial interests of the Wesleyan Missionary Society, this Committee recommend the Wesleyan Missionary Committee to make such allowances, as far as they be able, to meet the peculiarities of the case, and to assist the Canadian Conference in extending its operations, not only on the present Missionary Sta- tions, but in new and destitute settlements, which may be more nearly connected with the regular work ; and this Committee indulge the hope, that the Missionary Committee will carry out this recommend- ation in a liberal and generous spirit. I ■ m ARTICLES OF UNION. 125 This Committee now appoint a Sub- Committee, to prepare a statement of probable Income and Expendi- ture, as the same may be affected by the Re-Union, and of the probable amount which it may be desirable that the Missionary Committee may be requested to grant ; to be laid before the earliest meeting of that Committee. This Sub-Committee to consist of Messrs. Marsden, Alder, Lord, Richey, and Stinson, who are requested to confer with Messrs. Ryerson and Green on this subject. VII. That this Committee, in unison with the sen- timents expressed by Messrs. Ryerson and Green, en- tertain a strong conviction that the proposed Re-Union would be greatly facilitated by the early visit of the Rev. Dr. Alder to the Societies and Congregations in Canada, and to attend and preside at the next annual meeting of the Conference ; and therefore present their earnest and most respectful request to their esteemed Brother, Dr. Alder, that he will kindly undertake this most important mission, in which he will be associated with the prayers and best wishes of the Committee, for his prosperous voyage, continued health, successful exertions, and safe return to this country. YIII. That the Committe recommend, that, for the %- I!' '•' ■ ! i ' I 1 • I li I ^ I; I, ■ 126 ARTICLES Of 0MI01«. purpose of effectually carrying out tlie object contem- plated in the above Resolutions, a Special Distnct Meeting of the Missionaries of Western Canada shall be summoned, as early as may be convenient, and that Dr. Alder and the Rev. Matthew Richey be respectfully requested to attend the meeting of that District j and the Committee recommend that Dr. Alder should go out on his visit to Canada, as early as may be consistent with his personal comfort and official engagements. IX. That the President of the Conference be re- ([uested to send a respectful and affectionate letter to the Conference in Canada, acknowledging the receipt of the Address sent to the Conference in Bristol, stating the appointment, the satisfaction which the Committee have felt in meeting the Deputation of the Canada Conference, and the earnest hope of the Committee, that the measures which they have recommended may tend to promote a permanent and happy Union. X. That the cordial and respectful thanks of the Committee are due to the Venerated President of the Conference, for the kind and able manner in which he has presided over its deliberations. (Signed) William Atherton, President of the Confer encef and Chairman of the Committee. ARTICLZS OF TJNI03I. r > m [The preceding articles were submitted to the Con- ference of the Wesleyan Methodist Church in Canada* held in Toronto, on Wednesday, the second day of June, one thousand eight hundred and forty-seven, and fully concurred in. ^ 1. ■ . '' 1,'.. (Signed] W. Ryerson, Prcsicfc/if. '• ■' ''4v ■;' '■ Ai'ik'j.i/ ii:.y .'- •j,4v .■■'^■r, V ^ I , / • . ---^N ; '. ^• ,-,-^i '/.^wU. >i.v., '• .^:,. ■t.'t.-.^'.'-- •^ « i . ; - ■ - 1 — • V i' ; ''ii , ' ',■:'' '■ '•" ;'** ii. '.,'■' ' "' r :i .' . J ;' • ■ ..:-a i^iiiJ^I ;Hi? Mi/ J--;- * f ■ V V :^.t I ^l,s<.dxf I ■ • I ii :~yViii*7i •:"*■»■■ »'^.,:'5.fiyi A 4! I Si I i ■.iiSi > I SACRAMENTAL SERVICES, &c. CHAPTER VII. V :; Id the Administration of the Ordinances, let the folloiving forms be used. • Order of Baptism, Let every adult person, and the parents of every child to be baptized, have the choice either of immer- sion, sprinkling, or pouring, and wherever practicable let the ordinance be administered in the public con- gregation. Section I. The Ministration of Baptism to Infants, The Minister coming to the font, which is to be filled with pure water, shall use the following, or some other exhor- tation, suitable to this sacred office. ^ " Dearly beloved, forasmuch as all men are conceived and bom in sin, and that our Saviour Christ saith, None can enter into the kingdom of God, except he be regenerate and born anew of water and of the Holy Ghost ; I beseech you to call upon God the Father, w :;'i' s &c. i) following )f every immer- cticable )lic con- is. led with )r exhor- nceived t saith, cept he be Holy Father, SACRAUEI^tAL SERVICES — BAPTISM or IRFAKTS. 129 through our Lord Jesus Christ, that of his bounteous mercy he will grant to this Child that thing which by nature he cannot have ; that he may be baptized with water and the Holy Ghost, and received into Christ's holy Church, and be made a lively meiriber of the same. " , . .i-v^i-jij;^ ' Then shall the Minister say^ . JTf f/rO .' . Let us Pray. . ). '? ':%^p^,\ Almighty and everlasting God, who of thy great mercy didst save Noah and his family in the ark from perishing by water ; and also didst safely lead tlie children of Israel, thy people, through the Red Sea, figuring thereby thy holy baptism ; and by the bap- tism of thy well-beloved Son Jesus Christ in the River Jordan, didst sanctify water for this Holy Sac- rament. We beseech thee, for thine infinite mercies, that thou wilt look upon this Child; wash him and sanctify him with the Holy Ghost; that he being delivered from thy wrath, may be received into th6 ark of Christ's Church, and being steadfast in faith, joyful through hope, and rooted in love, may so pasft the waves of this troublesome world, that finally he may come to the land of erverlasting lifej there to reign with thee, world without end, through Jesus Christ our Lord. Amen, IS i :■>; . 1 ixaa , , i V 1111% I ^ mm »■; ■;. m\m .' '•-: lliilV 1' ^^' ^^ I' J. < 1 ■,-, i h 1 mm E'-; i \»,m- ■ :H,! ,, iiiii9 -■>■ i ) '^ ^m' \*m "'■ 51 Is ■ f^ » SI i.ii M \ I 180 SACRAMENTAL ABRVICES — BAPTISM OF INFANTS. O merciful God, grant that the old Adam ii this 'Child may be so buried, that the new man may be raised up in Am. Amen, .... ,,^,, ♦ . -. Grant that all carnal affections may die in him, and that all things belonging to the Spirit may live and grow in him. Amen. Grant that he may have power and strength to have victory, and to triumph against the devil, the world, and the flesh. Amen. i Grant that whosoever is dedicated to thee by our office and Ministry, may also be endued with heavenly virtues, and everlastingly rewarded through thy mercy, blessed Lord God who dost live and govern all things, world without end. Amen.' ^ Almighty, ever living God, whose most dearly beloved Son Jesus Christ, for the forgiveness of our sins did shed out of his most precious side both water and blood, and gave commandment to his Disciples that they should go teach all nations, and baptize them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost ; Regard, we beseech thee, the supplications of this congregation ; sanctify this water for this Holy Sacrament, and grant that this Child, now to be baptized, may receive the fulness of thy :m s. : i this may be in him, lay live ngth to vil, the by our BEvenly h thy govern dearly I of our li water isciples baptize on, and ee, the 8 water Child, of thy 8ACRAMESTAL SERVICES— BAPTISM OP INFANTS. 181 grace, and ever remain in the number of thy faithful and elect children, through Jesus Christ our Lord. Atnen, , - , ,,.,, ... \ , - • Then shall the peoj)Ie stand up : and the Minister shall sii/y _ ■'* '^'^i Hoar the words of the Gospel written by St. Mark, in the tenth chapter, at the thirteenth verse. They brought young children to Christ, that be should touch them. And his Disciples rebuked those that brought them. But when Jesus saw it he was much displeased, and said unto them. Suffer the little children to come unto me, and forbid them not, for of such is the kingdom of God. Verily I say unto you, Whosoever shall not teceive the kingdom of God as a little child, he shall not enter therein. And he took them in his arms, put his hands upon them and blessed them. • " ' ' ^ " ' Then the Minister shall take the child into his hands, and say to the Friends of the Child, \ ^ Name the Child. And then naming it after them, lie shall sprinkle or pour water iip6n it, or, if desired, inimerse it in water, saying, N. I Baptize thee in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost. Amen. Then shall he said, all kheeling, Our Father, who art in heaven, Hallowed be thy liiH "■., >. Ml* ii V. i'lH ■'411 mil t; i I 132 SACBAMKNTAL SBRVICES— BAPTISM IN RIPBR TKASS. name. Thy kingdom come. Thy will be done on ■earth as it is in heaven. Give ws this day our daily bread. And forgive us our trespasses, as we forgive them that tr€lpass against us. And lead us not into temptation, but deliver us from evil. Amen, Then thall the Minister conclude with extempore prayer. Section IL The Ministration of Baptism to such as are of riper years, ^a -r4 utswi The Minister shall use the fullowing, or some other exlior- tation suitable to this Holy Office. Dearly beloved, forasmuch as all men are conceived and born in sin, (and that which is born of the flesh is flesh, and they that are in the flesh cannot please God, but live in sin, committing many actual trans- gressions ;) and that our Saviour Christ saith. None can enter into the Kingdom of God, except he be re- generate and born anew of water and of the Holy Ghost ; I beseech you to call upon God the Fathtsr, through our Lord Jesus Christ, that of his bounteous goodness he will grjrnt to these persons, that which by nature thet/ cannot have ; that thei/ may be baptized with water and the Holy Ghost, and received into Christ's holy Church, and may be made lively mem- bers of the same. SACLAHENTAL SERVICES — BAPTISM IN RIPER TEARS. 18S ITien shall the Minister say^ ^ Almighty and immortal God» the aid of all that \ need, helper of all that flee to thee for snccour, the life of them that believe, and the resurrection of the dead ; We call upon thee for these persons ; that they, coming to thy holy baptism, may receive r«» mission of their sins by spiritual regeneration. Re- ceive them, O Lord, as thou hast promised by thy well-beloved Son, saying, — Ask and ye shall receive, — seek and ye shall find^ — knock and it shall be opened unto you : So give now unto us that ask ; lat us that seek find ; open the gate unto us that knock ; that these persons may enjoy the everlasting benediction of thy heavenly washing, and may come to the eternal • kingdom which thou hast promised by Christ our) Lord. Amen, ^^^ ,_^ ^/ter which he shall say, Almighty and everlasting God, heavenly Father, we give thee humble thanks for that thou hast vouch- safed to call ua to the knowledge of thy grace and faith^in thee; increase this knowledge and confirm this faith in us evermore. Give t jy Holy Spirit to these persons, that they may be bom again and be made heirs of everlasting salvation, through our Lord Jesus Christ, who liveth and reigneth with thee and the Holy Spirit, now and for ever. Amen, ,^ hH Mil m Tt^^^ ' ■ ■ ,'• ■ . i ^ ■■'i i1 <*» m 194 SACBAHENTAL SEBVICES— BAPTISM IN RITVR TEAR^. •-»— •"T*^''»i "= ■ O merciful God, grant that tlie old A.dam in these persons may be so buried that the new man may ^be raised up in them, Amen^ " Grant that all carnal affections may die in theniy and that all things belonging to the Spirit may live and grow in f^ewi. Amen, u ^u ;; ■; t-cr> Grant that they may have power and strength to have victory, and triumph against the devil, the world, and the flesh. Amen. '' '^^ '^ i v?^ ^f^i:! n • Grant that tAei/, being here dedicated to thee by our office and Ministr}'-, may also be endued with heavenly virtues, and everlastingly rewarded throagh thy mercy, O blessed Lord God, who dost live and govern all things, world without end. Amen. Almighty, ever living God, whose most dearly be- loved Son, Jesus Christ, for the forgiveness of our sins, did shed out of bis most precious side both water and blood, and gave commandments to his Disciples that they sliauld go teach all nations, and baptize th^m in the name of the "Pother, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost ^ Hc^ ■■* d, we beseech thee, the Supplications of this congri [Ration, and grant that i\xQ persons now to be baptized may receive the falneis of thy grace, and ever remain in the number of thy faithful and elect children, through Jesua Christ our Lord. Amen* u, i^, V them. SACRAHEKTAL SESVIOCS — BAPTISM IN KIPES TBARs!^ 135 Then shall the people stand up^ and the Minister shall say, Hear the words of the Gospel, written by St. John, in the third chapter, beginning at the first verse. ■ Ther6 was a man of the Pharisees, named Nicode- mus, a ruler of the Jews ; the same came to Jesus by night, and said unto him. Rabbi, we know that thou art a teacher come from God ; for no man can do these miracles that thou doest, except God be with him. Jesus answered and said unto him, Verily, verily, I say unto thee, Except a man be born again, he cannot see the kingdom of God. Nicodemus saith unto him, How can a man be born when he is old ? Can he enter the second time into his mother's womb, and be born ? Jtsus answered, verily, verily, I say unto thee. Except a man be born of water and of the Spirit, he cannot enter into Ihe kingdom of God. That which is born of the flesh is flesh, and that which is born of the Spirit is spirit. Marvel not that I said unto thee, Ye must be born again. The' wind bloweth where it listeth, and thou hearest the sound thereof ; but canst not tell whence it cometh and whither it goeth ; so is every one that is born of the Spirit. Then the Minister shall speak to the Persons to be Baptized on this wise : ^ Well beloved, who are come hither, desiring to re- ceive holy baptism, ye have heard bow the congrega- tion have prayed, that our Lord Jesus Christ would F-2 UNIVERSITY OF WINDSOR LIBRARY i t 11 »i •ijt '«tt m m KM' Ih 1S6 SACI^AVIMTTAL SERVICES — BAPTISM IN RIPER YEARS. voucliaafe to receive you, and bless you, to release you of your sins, to give you the kiogdom of heaven and everlasting life. And our Lord Jesus Christ hath promised, in his holy word, to grant all those things that we have prayed for; which promise he for his part will most surely keep and perform. Wherefore, after this promise made by Christ, you must also faithfully, for your part, promise, in the presence of this whole congregation, that you will renounce the devil and all his works, and constantly believe God's Holy Word, and obediently keep his Commandments. i T%en shall the Minister demand of each of the Persons to be Baptized, severally, Ques. Dost thou rcDounce the Devil and all his works, the vain pomp and glory of the world, with all covetous desires of the same, and the carnal desires of the flesh, so that thou wilt not follow or be led by them ? Ans. I renounce them all. Ques, Dost thou believe in God the Father Almighty, Maker of heaven and earth ? and in Jesus Christ his only begotten Son our Lord ; and that he was conceived by the Holy Ghost, born of the Virgin Mary ? that he Ekufferad under Pontius Pilate, was crucified, dead, and buried? that he rose again the third day? that he Asoended iatp heaven, and sitteth at the right hand of aga ir SACRAMBNTAt SERVlCliS — BAPTISM IN RIPER YEARS. 1^7 to he God the Father Almighty, and from thence shall come again, at the end of the world, to judge the quick and the dead ? And dost thou believe in the Holy Ghost ? the Holy Catholic Church? the Communion of Saints? the Remission of Sins ? the Resurrection of the Body, and everlastinoj life after death ? Ans. All this I steadfastly believe. * , Qaes. Wilt thou be baptized in this faith ? Ans. That is my desire. ' * ' Ques, Wilt thou then obediently keep God's holy will and commandments, and walk in the same all the days of thy life? Ans, I will endeavour so to do, God being my helper. Then shall the Minister take each person to be baptized by the right hand, and placing him conveniently by the font, according to his discretion, shall ask the name : and then shall sprinkle or pour water upon him, or, if he shall desire it, shall immerse him in water, saying — N* I Baptize thee in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost. Amen, Then shall be said the Lord's Prayer, all kneeling. Our Father who art in heaven, Hallowed be thy name. Thy kingdom come. Thy will be done on earth as it is in heaven. Give us this day our daily bread. And forgive us our trespasses, as we forgive them that B ii ij y Kit : i ■ il: i'f ''f ■ i 188 SACRAMENTAL SEfiVICES — LOBX> S SUPPER. trespass against us. And lead us not into temptation, but deliver us from evil. Amen, Then shall the Minister conclude with extempore prayer. ff ,, f,,-.:^,. ' . Section III. ■J " 0/ the Lord's Supper, Ques, Are there any directions to be given concerning the administration of the Lord's Supper ? Ans, 1. Let those who have scruples concerning the receiving ol it kneeling, be permitted to receive it either standing or sitting. - " . 2. Let no person who is not a Member of our Church, be admitted to the communion, without examination, and some token given by the Minister. 3. No person shall be admitted to the Lord^s Supper among us, who is guilty of any practice for which we would exclude a Member of our Church. The Order for Administration of the Lord's Supper. Tho Minister shall say one or more of these sentences : l4et your light so shine before men that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father who is in heaven. Matt. v. 16. Lay not up for yourselves treasures upon earth, where moth and rust doth corrupt, and where thieves break m BACKAHENTAL SERVICES — LOR»'s SUPPER. 189 through and steal ; but lay up for yourselves treasures in heaven, where neither moth nor rust doth corrupt, and where thieves do not break through nor steal, — Matt. vi. 19, 20. Whatsoever ye would that men should do unto you, even so do unto them : for this is the law and the prophets. — Matt. vii. 12. Not every one that saith unto me. Lord, Lord, shall enter into the kingdom of heaven, but he that doeth the will of my Father who is in heaven. — Matt. vi. 21. •Zaccheus stood forth and said unto the Lord, Be- hold, Lord, the half of my goods I give to the poor ; a*&d if I have done any wrong to any man I restore him fourfold. — Luke xix. 8. He that soweth little shall reap little ; and he that soweth plenteously shall reap plenteously. Let every man do according as he is disposed in his heart ; uot grudgingly, or of necessity j for God loveth a cheerful giver. — 2 Cor. ix. 6, 7. While we have time let us do good unto all men, and especially unto them that are of the household of faith. Gal. vi. 10. .■i}'r>Ai^:f!t!^^0-H' Godliness with contentment is great gain ; for we brought nothing into this world, and it is certain we can carry nothing out. — I Tim. vi. 6, 7. . • , - m •iriiiii y,,f. if Ml ! ' «fii«> . J il w 140 SACRAMENTAL SERVICES— LOHD^S SlTPPEtl. Charge them who are rich in this world, that they he ready to give, and glad to distribute, laying up in store for themselves a good foundation against the time to come that they may attain eternal life. — 1 Tim. vi. 17, 18, 19. • • ■•- ' '-^'' '■ ^^■"' ''i ■''•■'•.'•; *: * *'^ God is not unrighteous, that he will forget your works and labour that proceeded of love ; which love ye have showed for his name's sake, who have ministered unto the saints, and yet do minister. — Heb. vi. 10. To do good, and to distribute, forget not; for with such sacrifices God is well pleased. — Heb. viii. 16. Whoso hath this world's good, and seeth his brother have need, and shuttettr up his bowels of compassion from him, how dwelleth the love of God in him ?— 1 John iii. 17. - . ,^ - "^ . , He that hath pity u^on the poor, lendeth unto the . Lord ; and look, what he layeth out, it shall be paid "* him again. — Prov. xix, 17. ru ? ■ > fl?r n .^inr- Blessed is the man that provideth for the sick and needy ; the Lord shall deliver him in time of trouble. — Psalm xli. 1. ^. ; [While these sentences are iu reading, some fit periR>n appointed for that purpose, shall receive the alms for the poor, and other devotions of the people, in a decent basin, to be provided for that purpose ; and then bring it to the Minister, who shall place it upon the table.] SACRAMENTAL SERVICES — LORD's SUPPER. 141 *BfUr which the Minister shall say, Ye that do truly and earnestly repent of your sins, land arc in love and charity with your neighbours, and intend to lead a new life, following the commandments of God, and walking from henceforth in His Holy ways ; draw near with faith and take His Holy Sacrament to your comfort; and make your humble confession to Al- mighty God, meekly kneeling upon your knees. Then shall this general confession be made by the Minister, in the name of all those that are minded to receiye the Holy Communion, both he and all the people kneeling humbly upon their knees, and saying, Almighty God, Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, Maker of all things, Judge of all men ; We acknowledge and bewail our manifold sins, and wickedness, which we from time to time most grievously have committed, by thought, word, and deed, against thy Divine Majesty, provoking most justly thy wrath and indignation against us. We do earnestly repent and are heartily sorry for these our misdoings ; the remembrance of them is grievous unto us. Have mercy upon us, have mercy upon us, most merciful Father ; for thy Son, our Lord Jesus Christ's sake, forgive us all that is past ; and grant that we may ever hereafter serve and please thee in newness of life, to the honour and glory of thy nanje, thrcush Jesus Christ our Lord. Amen. ;«l| ■.."3-,! J*%' P t m I ■' I ■f.'i m :»'■; ''f'^l ..i ) ^." > n ■ a ! ;:^t*. 142 fiACRAHEKTAL SERVICES — LORD'S fSUPPER. ";' Then shall the Minister say, '^* O Almighty God, bur heavenly Father, who of thy great mercy hast promised forgiveness of sins to all them that with hearty repentance and true faith turn unto thee ; have mercy upon us ; pardon and deliver us from all our sins, confirm aud strengthen us in all goodness, and bring us to everlasting life, through Jesus Christ our Lord. Amen. ;; j ; t^ ; - ./ .s > The Collects ^^aU'^'J^^^ r. Almighty God, unto whom all hearts are open, all desires known, and from whom no secrets are hid ; cleanse the thoughts of our hearts by the inspiration of Ihy Holy Spirit, that we may perfectly love^hce, and worthily magnify thy Holy Name, through Christ our Lord. Amen. * ^ . Then shall the Minister say, It is very meet, right, and our bounden duty, that we should at all times and in all places, give thanks unto thee, Lord, Holy Father, Almighty, Everlasting God. Therefore, with Angels and Arch-Angels, and with all the company of heaven, we laud and magnify thy glori- ous Name, evermore praising thee, and saying, Holy, holy, holy. Lord God of Hosts, heaven and earth are full of thy glory. Glory be to thee, Lord most high. Amen. SACRAMENTAL SERVICES — LORD^S SUPPER. 148 Then shall the Minister say^ We do not presume to come to this thy Table, O merciful Lord, trusting in our own righteousness, but in thy manifold and great mercies. We are not worthy so much as to gather up the crumbs under thy table. But thou art the same Lord, whose property is always to have mercy ; Grant us, therefore, gracious Lord, so to eat the flesh of thy dear Son Jesus Christ, and to drink his blood, that our sinful sou)s and bodies may be made clean by his death, and washed through his most precious blood, and th^it we may evermore dwell in him, and he in us. Amen, v ;:-:;*, t;w«^ij r j.< Then the Minister shall liay the Prayer of Cortsecratien at followeth : Almighty God, our heavenly Father, who of thy tender mercy didst give thy only Son Jesus Christ to suffer death upon the cross for our redemption ; who made there (by his oblation of himself once offered) a full, perfect, and sufficient sacrifice, oblation aind satisfaction for the sins of the whole wprld : and did institute, and in his holy Gospel command us to continue^ a perpetual memory of that his precious death, until hiS coming again : hear us, merciful Father, we most humbly beseech thee, and gra"^ that we, receiving these thy creatures of bread and wine, according to thy Son our uf •c 1^^ ^'-'\ -r-\ ' 144 SACRAMENTAL SERVICBa — LORD'i SUPPER. |i i' iU' ; I' Saviour Jesus Christ's holy institution in remembrance of liis death and passion, may be partakers of his most bless- ed Body and Blood, who in the same night that he was betrayed, took bread; (1) and (1) Here the Minister is when he ha4 given thanks, he to take the plate of brake it (2) and gave it to his bread into his hand, disciples, saying, take eat ; this (2) And here to hreah (3) is my body which is given the bread. - ** *- for you ; Do this in remem- (3) And here to lay his brance of me. Likewise after hands upon all the supper he took (4) the cup; bread, n and when he had given thanks, (4) Here he is to take he gave it to them 'Jaying, the cup in his hand. Drink ye all of this ; . . .ais (5) (5) And here to lay Ms is my blood of the New Testa- hand upon all the menty which is shed for you, vessels which contain and for many, for the remission the wine, of sins : this do ye, as often as ye drink it, in remem- brance of me. Amen, ..» ? Then shall the Minister first receive the communion in both kinds himself, and then proceed to deliver the same to other Ministers in like manner, (if any be present) and after that to the people also, in order, into their hands. And when he delivereth the bread, he shall say. The Body of our Lord Jesus Christ, which was given for thee, preserve thy soul and body unto everlasting SACRAMENTAL PRACTICES, AC. 140 ':''^i life. Take and eat this in remembrance that Christ died for thee, and feed on him in thy heart by faith, with thanksgiving. And the Minister that delivereth the cup shall tay^ The blood of our Lord Jesus Christ, which was shed for thee, preserve thy soul and body unto everlasting life. Drink this in remembrance that Christ's Blood was shed for thee, and be thankful. [If the consecrated Bread or Wine be all spent before all have communicated, the Minister may consecrate more, by repeating the Prayer of Consecration.] [When aa have communicated, the Minister shall return to the Lord's Table, and place upon it what remaineth of the consecrated elements, covering the same with a fair linen cloth.] Then fhall the Minister say the Lord^s Prayer; the people ,.r»;.,s, repeating after him every petition. Our Father who art in Heaven, Hallowed be thy name ; Thy Kingdom come ; Thy will be done on earth as it is in heaven ; Give us this day our daily bread ; And forgive us our trespasses, as we forgive them that trespass against us ; And lead us not into temptation, but deliver us from evil ; For thine is the Kingdom, and the Power, and the Glory, for ever and ever. Amen. « ^ m % %\ f 146 SACRAMENTAL PRACTICES, AC. H • ii >i''^ r Afttr which shall be said asfolloweth : Cord and heavenly Father, we thy humble servants desire thy Fatherly gioodness iliieroifully to accept this our sacrifice of praise and thanksgiving ; most humbly be- seecliing tjjce to ^grant that, by the merits and death of thy Son Jfsus Christ, and through faith in his blood, we and thy whole Church may obtain remission of our sins, and all other benefits^of hi^ pa|8ion. And hero we oflfef and ©re^nt unto thee, Lord, ourselves, our souls and bodies, to be a reasonable, holy and lively sacrifice unto thee ; humbly beseeching thee that all we who are piarJakei'^ofthi^holy Cooimuniou, may be filled with thy grace and he^v^nly benediction. And although we Jbe unworthy, through our manifold sins, to oflFer unto thee any sacrifice ; yet we beseech thee to accept this our bounden duty and service; not weighing our merits but pardoning our .offences, through Jesus Christ our Lord: byj, whom, ajid with whom^ in the unity of the Holy Ghost, all honour and glory be unto Ihee, O Father Alnaighty, world without end. Amen. ' * JTien. shall be said, I Glory *.be to Qt)d or* high, and on earth peace, good will towards- men* We praise thee, we bless thee, we worship thee^ we glorify thee, we give thanks to thee for thy great glory, Lord God, heavenly King, God the Father Almighty. / (servants >t this our imbly be- death of lis blood, on of our ^nd hero slyes, our ad lively lat all we r be filled although )ffer unto cept this ir merits hrist our ty of the Father ■A- **' i'< '/i :"■'■<. ice, good thee, we thee for God the SACRAltBNTAL PRACTICES, AC. U7 C Lord, the only begotten Son Jesus Christ ; Lord God» Lamb of God, Son of the Father, that takestaway the sins of the world, have mercy upon us. Thou that takest away the sins of the world, receive our prayer. Thou that sittest at the right band of God the Father, have merey upon u^. For thou only art holy, thou only ait the Lord ; thou only, Christ, with the Holy Ghost, art most high in the Glory of God the Father. Amen, Then the Minister, if he see it expedient, may put up an extempore Prayer ; and afterwards shall let the people de- part with this hlessing : May the Peace of God, which passeth all understand- ing» keep your hearts and minds in the knowledge and love of God, and of his Son Jesus Christ our Lord ; and the blessing of God Almighty, the Father, the Son, and the Holy Ghost be amongst you, and remain with you always. Amen, .. . ti i . i* Ri N.B. — If the Minister be straitened for time, he may omit any part of the service, except the prayer of Con- secration. M 'i'* 5i.-V-* j[, * i -■■v.f4.-a- >■ *'■ Jv3>ii ;i .n 148 FORM AND MANNER OF ORDAINING MINISTERS. II m a f'i- /■ . Section IV. The Form and Manner of Ordaining Ministers, [When the day appointed by the President is come there shall be a Sermon, or exhortation, declaring the Duty and Office of such as come to be admitted Ministers : how necessary that order is in the Ohurch of Christ, and also how the people ought to esteem them in their office.] After which, one of the Ministers shall present unto the President all them that are to be ordained, and say, I present unto you these persons present to be or- dained Ministers. 'fV?; .^i-* Then their names being read aloud, the President shall say unto the People,* Brethren, these are they whom we purpose, God willing, this day to ordain Ministers. For, af^r due examination, we find not to the contrary, but that they are lawfully called to this function and ministry, and that they are persons meet for the same. But if there be any of you who knoweth any impediment or crim« in any of them, for the which he ought not to be received in this holy Ministry, Let him come fortl]»in the name of God, and show what the crime or impediment is. [If any crime or impediment be objected, the President shall surcease from ordaining that person until such time as the party accused shall be found clear of the crime.] ■% P. ERS. FORM AND MANNER OF OBDAININO MINISTERS. 140 listers, ome there : the Duty Ministers : I hrist, and leir office.] t unto the nd say, to be or- t shall say WBC, God after due that they istry, und It if there r crime in B received the name it is. dent shall h tinje as ime.J Then shall btjaid the Collect^ Epistle j and Gospel, asfoUowetk, The Collect. Almighty God, Giver of all good things, who by the Holy Spirit hast appointed divers orders of Ministers in thy Church ; mercifully behold these thy servants now called to the office of Ministers, and replenish them so with the truth of thy doctrine, and adorn them with innocency of life, that, both by word a&d good example, they may faithfully serve thee in this office, to the glory of thy name, a^d the edification of thy Church, through the merits of our Saviour Jesus Christ, who liveth and reigncth with thee and the Holy Ghost, world without end,— Amen. j»*:,'-.jP43i'j ;»>»:» J,f The Epistle. Eph. iv. 7—13. Unto every one of ua is given grace according to the measure of the gift of Christ. Wherefore he saitb, when be ascended up on high he led captivity captive, and gave gifts unto men. (Now that he ascended, what is it but Hiat he also descended first into the lower parts of the earth ? He that descended is the same also that ascended up far above all heavens, that he might fill all things.) And he gave some Apostles, and some Prophets; and some Evangelists; and some Pastors and Teachers ; for the perfecting of the Saints, for the work of the Ministry, for the edifying of the body of u\ 160 FORM AND aiANNSa OF OHOAIKlNO MINISTBiUS. lit! I l.( . ■ I Chrisli, till we all come in the unity of the faith, and ofb more the knowlec(ge of the Son of God, unto a perfect man,l ghep unto the measure of the stature of the fullness of Christ. I ^^ j^ {[After this shall be read for the Gospel, part of the tenth] chapter of St. John.] SV John X. 1—16. Verily, verily, I say unto you, he that entereth not I by the door into the sheepfold, but climbeth up some other way, the same is a thief and a robber. But he{ that entereth in by the door is the shepherd of the sheep. To him the porter openeth, and the sheep hear his voice J and he calleth his own sheep by name and leadeth them I out. And when he putteth forth his own sheep he goeth before them, and the sheep follow him, for they know his voice. And a stranger will they not follow, but flee from him, for they know not the voice of strangers. This parable spake Jesus unto them, but they understood not what things they were which he epake unto them. Then said Jesus unto them again, Verily, verily, I say unto you, I am the door of the sheep. All that ever came before me are thieves and robbers- but the sheep did not hear them. I am the door; by me if any man enter in he shall be saved, and shall go in and out, and find pasture. The thief cometh not but to steal, and to kill, and to destroy; I am come that they might have life, and that they might have it ■-y - *v TERO. aith, and of lerfect man, s of Christ. of thiti^nth ntereth not b up some But he r the sheep, r his voice, ideth them 1 sheep he n, for thej not follow, 3 voice of thenij but B which he hem again, oor of the ;hieves and I am the saved, and lief Cometh I am come ght have it FOKII AND MANNER OF ORDAINING MINISTERS. Ill more abundantly. I am the good shepherd. The good shepherd giveth his life for the sheep. But he that is an hireling, and not the shepherd, whose own the sheep are not, seeth the wolf coming, and leaveth the sheep, and fleeth, and the wolf catcheth them, and scattereth the sheep. The hireling fleeth because he is an hireling, and careth not for the sheep. I am the good shepherd, and know my sheep, and am known of mine. As the Father knoweth me, even so know I the Father : and I lay down my life for the sheep. And other sheep I have which are not of this fold ; them also must I bring, and they shall hear my voice and there shall be onefold and one shepherd. And that done the President shall say unto them as here- after followeth: You have heard, brethren, as well in your private ex- amination as in the exho. ation which was now made to you, and in the holy lessons taken out of the Gospel, sad the writings of the Apostles', of what dignity and of how great importance this office is whereunto you are called» And now again we exhort you, in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ, that you have in remembrance into how high a dignity, and to how weighty an office ye are called. That is to say, to be messengers, watchmen, and stewards of the Lord, to teach and to premonish, to feed and provide for the Lord's family, to seek for Christ's ilil mi ' «p • V V '. t i ri IF' 162 FORM AND MANMEB OF OROAlNUia MINISTEB8. Bbecp that are dispersed abroad, and for his children . who are in the midst of this evil world, that they may be saved through Christ for ever. Have always, therefore, printed in your remembrance how great a treasure is committed to your charge. For they are the sheep of Christ, which he bought with his death, and for whom he shed his blood. The church and congregation whom you must serve, is his spouse, and his body. And if it shall happen the same Church, or any member thereof, do take any hurt or hindrance by I i reason of your negligence, ye know the greatness of the fault, and also the horrible punishment that will ensue* "Wherefore consider with yourselves the end of the Min- istry towards the children of God, towards the spouse and body of Christ ; and see that you never cease your labour, your care and diligence, until you have done all that lieth in you, according to your bounden duty, to bring all such as are or shall be committed to your charge, unto that agreement in the faith and knowledge of God, and to that ripeness and perfectness of age in Christ, that there be no place left among you either for error in religion or for viciousness in life. Forasmuch then as your office is both of so great ex- cellency and of so great difficulty, ye see with how great care and study ye ought to apply yourselves, as well that ye may show yourselves dutiful and thankful unto that m 18. cbildren hey may embrance :ge. For t -with his burch and lOUse, and Ihurch, or drance by 3SS of the rill ensue* F the Min- ohe spouse cease your re done all tt duty, to i to your tnowledge of age in either for great ex- how great s well that unto that FOBU AND MANNER OF ORDAINING MINISTERS. 158 Lord who hath placed you in so high a dignity, as also to beware that neither you yourselves offend, nor be oc- casion that others offend. Howbeit ye cannot have a mind and will thereto of yourselves; for that will and ability is given of God alone : Therefore ye ought, and have need to pray earnestly for his Holy Spirit, ^ And seeing that ye cannot by any other means compass the doing of so weighty a work, pertaining to the salvati'^n of man, but with doctrine and exhortation taken out of the Holy Scriptures, and with a life agreeable to the same ; consider how studious ye ought to be in reading and learning the Scriptures, and a framing the manners both of yourselves and of them chat specially pertain unto you, according to the rule of the same Scriptures j and, for this self-same cause, how ye ought to forsake and set aside (as much as you may) all worldly cares and studies. We have good hope that you have all weighed and pondered these things with yourselves long before this time ; and that you have clearly determined, by God's grace, to give yourselves wholly to this office whereunto it hath pleased God to call you ; so that, as much as lieth in you, you will apply yourselves wholly to this one thing, and draw all your cares and studies this way, and that you will continue to pray to God the Father, by the / i -i i' ' I! li 'I ' I Ml ibK r^i It I Ml 'Ml !5l' ii' : 164 FORM AND MANNER OP ORDAINING MINISTERS. • mediation of our only Saviour, Jesus Christ, for the heavenly assistance of the Holy Ghost, that, by the daily reading and weighing of the Scriptures, ye may wax riper and stronger in your Ministry ; and that ye may so endeavour yourselves, from time to time to sanctify the lives of you and yours, and to fashion them after the rule and doctrine of Christ, that ye may be wholesome and godly examples and patterns for the people to follow And now that this present congregation of Christ here assembled may also understand your minds and wills in these things, and that this your promise may the more move you to do your duties, — ye shall answer plainly to tliese things which we, in the name of God and his Church, shall demand of you touching the same. Do you think, in your heart, that you are truly called, according to the will of our Lord Jesus Christ, to the office of Ministers 1 Ans. I think so. > The President. Are you persuaded that the Holy Scriptures contain sufficiently all doctrine required of I necessity for eternal salvation through faith in Jesus | Christ? and are you determined out of the said Scrip- tures to instruct the people committed to your charge, I a;nd to teach nothing as required of necessity to eternal m-' sW? FORM AND MANNER OF ORDAINING MINISTERS. ,S. for the the daily may wax b ye may sanctify after the vholesome J to follow of Christ minds and omise may lall answer ne of God 5 the same. 'uly called, rist, to the the Holy •equired of h in Jesus said Scrip- )ur charge, ^ to eternal 156 salvation but that which you shall be persuaded may be concluded and proved by the Scriptures ? Ans. I am so persuaded, and have so determined, by God's grace. The President. Will you then give your faithful diligence always so to minister the Doctrine and Sacra- ments, and Discipline of Christ, as the Lord hath com- manded ? Ans. I will so do, by the help of the Lord. The President. Will you be ready, with all faithful dilii?ence, to banish and drive away all erroneous and strange doctrines contrary to God's word ; and to use both public and private monitions and exhortations, as well to the sick as to the whole within your charge, as need shall require and occasion shall be given ? Ans. I will, the Lord being my helper. The President. Will you be diligent in prayers and in reading of the Holy Scriptures, and in such studies as help to the knowledge of the same, laying aside the study of the world and the flesh ? Ans. I will endeavour so to do, the Lord being my helper. ' The President. Will you be diligent to frame and fashion yourselves, and your families, according to the doctrines of Christ ; and to make both yourselves and r;-',*8r 166 FORM AMD MANNER OF ORDAINING MINISTERS. I' i| 11 II (i ii II IBPI Vi-U ' ¥M\ w them» as much as in you Heth, wholesome examples and • patterns to the flock of Christ ? Ans. I shall apply myself thereto, the Lord being my helper. The President, "Will you maintain and set forward, as much as lieth in you, quietness, peace, and love among all Christian people, and especially among them that are or shall be committed to your charge ? Ans. I will so do, the Lord being j^y helper. ' The President. Will you reverently obey your chief Ministers, unto whom is committed the charge and government over you; following with a glad mind and will their godly admonitions^ submitting yourselves to their godly judgments ? ^ . Ans. I will so do, the Lord being my helper. Then shall the President, standing up, say, Almighty God, who hath given you this will to do all these things, grant also unto you strength and power to perform the same ; that he may accomplish his worK which he hath begun in you, through Jesus Christ our Lord. Amen. [After this the congregation shall be desired, secretly in their prayers, to make their humble supplications to God for all these things, for the which prayers there shall be silence kept for a space.] .^v^^ t/n ■ ] h l»^'^ TORM AND MANNER OF ORDAINING MINISTERS. 167 After which shall be said by the President, (the persons to be ordained Ministers all kneeling,) Veni, Creator, Spirit tus, the President beginning, and the Ministers and others that are present answering by verse, as followeth : Come, Holy Ghost, our souls inspire, And Ughte>i with celestial fire. Thou the anointing Spirit art, Who dost thy Sev^n-fold gifts impart. Thy blessed Unction from above, Y:; Is comfort, life^ and fire of love. Enable with perpetual light, ^( The dullness of our blinded sight. Anoint and cheer our r.oiled fiice With the abundance of thy grace ; ^ . Keep far our foes, give peace at home, .;. Where thou art guide, no ill can come. Teach us to know the Father, Son, And Thee, of both to be but one: That through the ages all along, This may he our endless song ; Praise to thy eternal merit, Father, Son, and Holy Spirit. That done, the President shall pray in this wise, and say, ■' " Let us pray. Almighty God and heavenly Father, who of thine infinite love and goodness towards us, hast given to us ill ; ■4'] I' !.■♦•' I l^ 168 FORM AND SIANMER OF ORDAINING MINISTERS. iige thy only and most dearly beloved Son Jesus Christ to be our Redeemer and the Author of everlasting life ; ivho, after he had made perfect our redemption by his death, and was ascended into heaven, sent abroad into the world his Apostles, Prophets, Evangelists, Doctors, and Pastors j by whose labour and ministry he gathered together a great flock in all parts of the world, to set forth the eternal praise of thy holy name ; For these, so great benefits of thy eternal goodness, and for that thou hast vouchsafed to call these thy servants here present to the same oflSice and ministry appointed for the salvation of mankind, we render unto thee most hearty thanks: We praise and worship thee ; and we humbly beseech thee, by the same thy blessed Son, to grant unto all, wl^o either here or elsewhere call upon thy name, that we may co'itinue "^^o show ourselves thankful uuto thee ior these and all other thy benefits, and that we may c!aily mcrease and go forward in the knowledge and faith of thee and thy Son, by the Holy Spirit. So that, as well by these thy Ministers, as by them over whom they shall be appointed thy Ministers, thy holy name may be for ever glorified, and thy blessed kingdom enlarged, through the same thy Son Jesus Christ our Lord ; who liveth and rtigretb with thee in the unity of the same Holy Spirit, Mor**! without end. Amen, : , .r \t hrist to ing life ; n by his road into Doctors, gathered d, to set these, so hat thou resent to salvation thanks : beseech unto all, ime, that luto thee we may and faith that, as lom they me may enlarged, rd; who he same I t... FOAU AKD MANNER Of ORDAINING MINISTERS. 169 When this prayer is done, the President with two or more of the Ministers present, shall lay their hands severally upon the head of every one that receiveth the order of Ministers ; the Receivers humbly kneeling upon their knees, and the President saying. The Lord pour upon thee the Holy Ghost for the Ofl&ce and Work of a Minister in the Church of God, now committed unto thee by the imposition of our hands. And be thou a faithful Dispenser of the Word of God, and of his Holy Sacraments; In the name of the Fathefi and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost. Amen, Then the President shall deliver to every one of them, kneeling, the Bible into his hands, saying, Take thou authority to preach the Word of God, and to administer the Holy Sacraments in the congregation. Then the President shall say. Most merciful Father, we beseech thee to send upon these thy servants the heavenly blessings, that they may be clothed with righteousness, and that thy Word spoken by their mouths may have such success that it may never be spoken in vain. Grant also that we may have grace to hear and receive what they shall deliver out of thy most Holy Word, or agreeably to the same,^as the means of our salvation ; and that, in all our words and deeds, we may seek thy glory and the increase of thy kingdom, through Jesus Christ our Lord. Amen, G-8 V, fe^^ • ' ■ Al I! !! 160 FORM OF SOLEMNIZATION OF MATRIMONY, Prevent us, Lord, in all our doings, with thy most gracious favour, and further us with thy continual help, that, in all our works begun, continued, and ended in thee, we may glorify thy holy name, and finally, by thy mercy, obtain everlasting life, through Jesus Christ our Lord. Amen. The peace of God that passeth all understanding, keep your hearts and minds in the knowledge and love of God, and of his Son Jesus Christ our Lord ; and the blessings of God Almighty, the Father, the Son, and the Holy Ghost, be among you, and remain with you always. Amen. '.,!■ -».■!,. Section V. i\^,: ' -x^ A-i. 6 |l II W '!^ ii il The Form of Solemnization ^f Matrimony. First, the Banns of all that are to he married together must be published in the Congregation three several Sundays', in the time of Div:ne Service, (unless they be otherwise qualified according to law,) the Minister saying, g,fter the accustomed manner, — ^ • s ' \ v ; . jt ^>- * I publish the Banns of Marriage between M of , and N of . If any of you know cause or just im- pediment why these two persons should not be joined together in holy Matrimony, ye are to declare it. This is the first [second or tliird] time of asking. »- .^.^ ... \ ■nst FOilM OF SOLEMNIZATION OF MATRIMONY. 161 I thy most nual help, ended in ly, by thy !;!hrist our rstanding, 3 and love and the n, and the )u always. lony, ether must I Sundays', otherwise f , after the [of , r just ira- be joined it. This At the day and time appointed for the solemnization of Matrimony, the Persons to be married standing together, the man oc the right hand ^ind the woman on the left, the Minister shall say, Dearly beloved, we are gathered together here, in the sight of God, and in the presence of these witnesses, to join together this Man and this Woman in holy Matri- mony, which is an honourable estate, instituted of God in the time of man's innocency, signifying unto us the mystical union that is betwixt Christ and his Church ; which holy estate Christ adorned and beautified with his presence, and first miracle that he wrought in Cana of Galilee, and is commended of St. Paul to be honour- able among all men ; and therefore is not by any to be enterprised or taken in hand unadvisedly, but reverently, discreetly, advisedly, and in the fear of God... ,. ,.. Into which holy estate these two persons present come now to be joined. Therefore, if any can show any just cause why they may not lawfully be joined together, let him now speak, or else hereafter for ever hold his peace. And also speaking unto the Persons that are to be married, V he shall say, ' I require and charge you both, (as you will answer at the dreadful day of judgment, when the secrets of all hearts shall be disclosed,) that, if either of you know any impediment why you may not be lawfully joined together in Matrimony, you do now confess it. For be iv'rr m \ I W lb Ml m Si m ^■11' iff «: ks.1 fa IB>!!il i: itni «£^ 183 PORM OP SOLEMNIZATION OF MATRIMONr. ye well assured, that so many as are coupled together •Otherwise than as God's word doth allow, are not joined together by God, neither is their Matrimony lawful. If no impediment be alleged, then shall the Minister say ., , unto the Man, ; <. _ , p.' y-\ jcv , M,j Wilt thou have this Woman to be thy wedded Wife, to live together after God's ordinance, in the holy estate of Matrimony ? Wilt thou love her, comfort her, honour and keep her in sickness and in health ; and, for- saking all other, keep thee only unto her, so long as ye both shall live ? , The Man Shall answer. ., ^ I WILL. Then shall tbe Minister say unto the Woman, ;' jV., "Wilt thou have this Man to be thy wedded Hus- band, to live together after God's ordinance, in the holy estate of Matrimony ? Wilt thou obey him, serve him, love, honour, and keep him, in sickness and in health ; and, forsaking all other, keep thee only unto him, so long as ye both shall live ? The Woman shall answer, ''':'''- I WILL. ^•'- fj ..'." Then the Minister shall cause the Man with his right hand to take the Woman by her right hand, and to Bay after him as foUoweth : 'v :^' I M., take the iV"., to be my wedded Wife, to have \ ,>'4r.r FORM OF SOLEMNIZATION OF MATRIMONr. les together it joined vful. htev Bay wedded he holy Port her, and, for- ig as ye led Hus- the holy rve him, health ; him, so ^ht hand lay after to haye and to hold, from this day forward, for better for worse, for richer for poorer, in sickness and in health, to love and to cherish, till death us do part, according to God's holy ordinance j and thereto I plight thee my faith. Then shall they loose their hands, and the Woman, with her right hand, taking the Man by his right hand, shall like- wise say after the Minister, ?t^j >>: I JSr., take the M.j to be my wedded Husband, to have and to hold, from this day forward, for better for worse, for richer for poorer, in sickness and in health, to love, cherish, and to obiey, till death us do part, according to God's holy ordinance ; and thereto I give thee my faith. When the parties desire to be married with a Ring, the follow* , , form may be used : „ , ^. ,,, ,, The Man placing the King upon the fourth finger of the Woman's left hand, shall say after the Minister, With this Ring, a token and pledge of the Vow and Covenant now made between me and thee — I do thee wed, in the Name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost. ^ { , Then shall the Minister say, [|*n^ ■ . yj.^^. , . „ , ■' -^ Let us Pray. , ^ .^ Eternal God, Creator and Preserver of all Mankind, Giver of all Spiritual Grace, the Author of Everlasting Life ; send thy blessing upon these thy servants, this Man and this Woman, whom we bless in thy name ; f: "■ s ■■ ■ ill, (Hit' .:."!«. ,';f. 164 FORM OF SOLEMNIZATION OF MATRIMONT. r- pi ^SS ml M 9 'MM**' 'iin a 1 m mm'' laM !|^ that as Isaac and Rebecca lived faithfully together, so these persons may surely perform and keep the vow and covenant betwixt them made, and may ever remain in perfect love and peace together, and live according to thy laws, through Jesus Christ our Lord. Amen, Ihen shall the Minister join their right hands together and say ) Those whom God hath joined together let no man put asunder. ";.vf ; - -.. / ;. Forasmuch as M. and N. have consented together in holy wedlock, and have witnessed the same before God and this company, and thereto have pledged their faith either to other, and have declared the same by joining of hands; /and by the giving and receiving of the signi- ficant rinojl pronounce that they are Man and Wife together, — In the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost. Amen. < « ■ ^- -" / ./fnd the Minister shall add this blessing, God the Father, God the Son, God the Holy Ghost, bless, preserve, and keep you ; the Lord mercifully with his favour look upon you, and so fill you with all spir- itual benediction and grace, that ye may so live together in this life that in the world to come ye may have life everlasting. Amen. ■. ';>:;>) Then the Minister shall say, ' .< . Our Father who art in heaven, Hallowed be thy name* Thy kingdom come. Thy will be done on earth as it is \ lit Iier, so ow and lain in ding to I. and say 1 10 man ther in ►re God ir faith joining e signi- d Wife he Son, r Ghost, ly with all spir- ogether lave life y name* as it is FORM OP SOLEMNIZATION OF MATRIUONT. 166 in heaven, t^ive us this day our daily bread. And forgive us our trespasses, as we forgive them that tres- pass against us. And lead us not into temptation, but deliver us from evil. Amen. Then shall the Minister say, God of Abraham, God of Isaac, God of Jacob, bless this Man and this Woman, and sow the seed of eternal life in their hearts, that whatsoever in thy holy word they shall profitably learn, they may indeed fulfill the same. Look, Lord, mercifully on them from heaven, and bless them. And as thou didst send thy blessings upon Abraham and Sarah, to their great comfort ; so vouchsafe to send thy blessings upon this Man and this Woman, that they, obeying thy will, and always being in safety under thy protection, may abide in thy love unto their lives' end, through Jesus Christ our Lord. Amen. , . r God, who by thy mighty power hast made all things of nothing, who also (after other things set in order) didst appoint that out of man (created after thine own image and similitude) woman should take her be- ginning, and, knitting them together, didst teach that it should never be lawful to put asunder those whom thou by Matrimony hast made one ; God, who hast consecrated the state of Matrimony to such an excellent mystery that in it is signified and represented the 166 ORDER OF THE BURIAL OF THE DEAD. inM spiritual marriage and unity betwixt Christ and bis Church : Look mercifully upon this Man and this Woman ; that this Man may love his Wife, according to thy Word, (as Christ did love his Spouse, the Church, who gave himself for it, loving and cherishing it, even as bis own flesh ;)and also that this Woman may be lowing and amiable, faithful and obedient to her Husband ; and in all quietness, sobriety and peace, be a follower of holy and godly matrons. Lord, bless them both, and grant them to inherit thy everlasting kingdom, through Jesus Christ our Lord. Amen. Then shall the Minister say, ^ Almighty God, who at the beginning did create our first parents^ Adam and Eve, and did sanctify and join them together in marriage, pour upon you the riches of his grace, sanctify and bless you, that ye may please him both in body and soul, and live together in holy love, unto your lives' end. Amen, --^.y Section VL •■:-... ^-. ..j^: The Order of the Burial of the Dead, N. B. The following or some other solemn service shall be used. TTie Minister meeting the Corpse, and going before it, shall say, I am the resurrection and the life, suith the Lord j he that believeth in me, though he were dead, yet shall W •%■).■•■ md his id this ding to hurcb, even as } loving ; and of holy d grant ;h Jesus Fl, jate our nd join ichcs of J please in holj ce shall hall say. Lord J et shall ORDER OF TUE BURIAL OF THE DEAD. 167 he live ; and whosoever liveth and believeth in me, shall never die. John xi. 25, 26. I know that my Redeemer liveth, and that he shall stand at the latter day upon the earth. And though, after my skin, worms destroy this body, yet in r y flesh shall I see God ; whom I sh^U see for myself, and mine eyes shall behold, and not another. Job xix. 25, 26, 27. We brought nothing into this world, and it is certain we can carry nothing out. The Lord gave, and the Lord hath taken away; blessed be the niiin^ of the Lord.— 1 Tim. vi. 7. Job i. 21. """ .^.-- At the grave, when the Corpse is laid in the earth, the Minister shall say, Man that is born of a woman hath but a short time to live, and is full of misery. He cometh up and is cut down like a flower ; he fleeth as it were a shadow, and never continueth in one stay. In the midst of life we are in death ; of whom may we seek for succour, but of thee, Lord, who for our sins art justly displeased ? f , Yet, Lord God most holy, Lord most mighty, holy, and most merciful Saviour, deliver us not into the bitter pains of eternal death. Thou knowest. Lord, the secrets of our hearts ; shut net thy merciful ears to our prayers, but spare us, Lord ■ •<>% 168 ORDEn OF THE BURIAL OF THE DEAD. I' Ik most holy, God most mighty, holy and merciful Saviour, thou most worthy Judge eternal, suffer us not at cur last hour for any pains of death to fall from thee. Then^ while the .earth shall be cast upon the body by some standing by, the Minister shall say, Forasmuch as it hath J)leascd Almighty God in his infinite wisdom to remove the departed from among us, we now commit his body to the ground, earth to earth, ashes to ashes, dust to dust, awaiting the resurrection of the dead at the last great day. Then shall be said, ♦ I heard a voice from heaven, saying unto me, write ; From henceforth blessed are the dead who die in the Lord ; even so saith the Spirit ; for they rest from their labours. - "; Then shall the Minister say, * ' ' Lord have mercy upon us, Christ have mercy upon us, ^ - • '■"'^'"^ Lord have mercy upon us. ' - ^ Our Father who art in heaven. Hallowed be thy name. Thy kingdom come. Thy will be done en earth as it is in heaven. Give us this day our daily bread. And forgive us our trespasses, as we forgive thera that tres- pass against us. And lead us not into temptation, but deliver us from evil. Amen, ' -' IJ!! I! I ORDER OP THE BURIAL OF THE DEAD. 169 d merciful ,ffer us not from thee. dy by some j^od in bis among us, h to earth, jsurrection me, write ; die in the from their thy name, earth as it lad. And that tres- tation, but The Collect. merciful God, the Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, who is the resurrection and the life; in whom whosoever believeth shall live, though he die ; and whosoever liveth and believeth in him shall not die eternally : — We meekly beseech thee, Father, to raise us from the death of sin unto the life of righteousness ; that when we shall depart this life we may rest in him ; and, at the general resurrection on the last day, may ba found acceptable in thy sight, and receive that blessing which thy well-beloved Son shall then pronounce to all that love and fear thee, saying. Come ye blessed children of my Father, receive the kingdom prepared for you from the beginning of the world. Grant this, we beseech thee, merciful Father, through Jesus Christ our Mediator and Redeemer. Amen. The Grace of our Lord Jesus Christ, and the love of God, and the fellowship of the Holy Ghost, be with us all evermore, Amen. f^V' . I' vi4 m .•'■'■Ki''' f ,''• .''• '. (Wi-.'i'> ^, :■: ■:y'(:^ : '*, 1 'i> V'^i'U * ' ■ :, " ' ' ' ' . ' '.. THE FORM OF EENEWING THE COVENANT. m [After a short sermon impressing upon every soul the importance of griving himself to God, and that without delay, each Preacher is recommended, on his first tour round his Circuit in the New Year, beginning the first Sab- bath in January, to read the following directions in every congregation, and persuade as many as possible to join in the Covenant it contains — to procure a copy of it as a memorial, and to sign tlieir names to it, as a pledge in the presence of the Searcher of hearts, and by his grace, to keep the Covenant inviolate unto the day of His coming.] I. Get these three principles fixed in your heart : That things eternal are much more considerable than things temporal; 'hat things not seen are as certain as the things that are seen ; that upon your present choice depends your eternal lot. Choose Christ and his ways and you are blessed forever j refuse, and you are undone forever. And then, II. Make jour ch ice. J .■ 'I NT. soul the t without first tour 3 first Sab- is in every to join in n it as a ige in the 36, to keep ir heart : able than sertain as mi choice his ways •e undone RENEWING THE COVENANT. ni Turn either to the right hand or to the left; lay both parts before you, with every link of each ; Christ with his yoke, his cross, and his crown ; or, the devi., with his wealth, his pleasure, and curse ; and then put your- selves to it thus : " Soul, thou scest what is before thee : what wilt thou do ? Which wilt thou have either the crown or the curse ? If thou choosest the crown, re- member that the day thou takest this, thou must be content to submit to the cross and yoke, the service and the sufierings of Christ, which are linked to it. What Saycst thou ? Hadst thou rather take the gains and pleasures of sin, and venture on the curse ? Or wilt thou yield thyself to Christ, and so make sure of the crown ?" . If your hearts fly off, and would fain waive the busi- ness, leave them not so. If you be unresolved, you are resolved ; if you remain undetermined for Christ, you are determined for the devil. Therefore, give not off, but follow your hearts from day to day ; let them not rest till the matter be brought to an issue j and see that you make a good choice. This is your choosing the good part, God and the blessedness of the world to come, for your portion and happiness ; and in this is inoladed your renouncing the world and worldly happiness. ^^*^ III. Embark with Christ. '^ ^ II i -h !■ lis. I 1 1 ■ f 1 . 1 i 172 RENEWING THB C07BN^NT. I' ih Iw ll •I i| j i. - ' I Adventure yourselves with him ; cast yourselves upon his righteousness, as that which .shall bring you to God; as a poor captive exile that is oast upon a strange land, a land of robbers and murderers, where he is ready to perish, and having no hope, either for abiding there, or of escaping home with life ; and meeting at length with a pilot, that offers to transport him safely home, he em- barks with him, and ventures himself, and ull he hath, in his vessel. Do you likewise : you are exiles from the presence of God, and fallen into the hands of robbers and murderers ; your sins are robbers, your pleasures, are robbers, your companions are robbers and thieves If you stay where you are you perish ; and escape home of yourself you cannot ; Christ offers, if you will venture with him, he will bring you home, he will bring you to God. Will you now say to him, " Lord Jesus, wilt thou undertake for me ? Wilt thou bring me to God, bring mo into the Land of Promise ? With thee will I ven- ture myself; I cast myself upon thee, upon thy blood, and thy righteousness; I lay up all my hopes, and ven- ture my whole interest, soul and body, with thee. This is closing with Christ as your Priest. And in this is included your renouncing your own righteousness : you can never, you will never cast yourselves on him alone, till all your hopes in yourselves have given up the ghost. ./ RENEWING TOE COVENANT. 173 jlves upon a to God; ingc land, I ready to there, or )gth with le, he em- he hath, from the >f robbers pleasures, i thieves sape home II venture ig you to wilt thou od, bring ill I ven- ly blood, and ven- ee. And in sousness : on him in up the There are two things which must necessarily be sup- posed, in order to a sinner's coming to Christ : 1. A deep sense of his sin and misery. 2. An utter despair of himself, and all things else besides Christ. , , . ..^.h ^ 1. A deep sense of sin and misery. . ^ V No man will regard a Saviour that doth not see him- self a sinner : the whole regard not the physician. Therefore, it is said, that the Spirit of God, when he should come to christianize the world, should in the first place, ''convince the world of sin." (John xvi. 8«) He shall convince the world of sin ; he shall demonstrate them sinners, bring up their sins before their eyes; bring home their sins upon their consciences, and make them see them, and feel themselves most vile and filthy. Sin hides itself from the sinner's eyes, and all its vileness and deformity. But the Spirit of God plucks oflF the mantle, and makes sin appear to be sin ; makes all the sinner's gods appear to be as so many devils ; brings forth the blackness and filthiness of sin into sight, and makes the sinner see himself an unclean and abominable creature ; and withal, he brings forth the guilt of sin, awakens the sinner's conscience, and fills him with fear, terror, and amazement. In this respect he is called the Spirit of bondage, that works fear and trouble in the heart ; the Spirit's awakening a sleepy sinner, is a kind :1 m ^i4■. ra r-A 1Y4 RENEWING THE COVENANT. i> 11 of awaking in hell. *' Lord what am 1 ? What mean these legions round about rae ? these chains and fetters thcit are upon me ? What means this black roll before mine eyes, of curses, and wrath, and woes 1 Lord? where am I ? Have I been playing and sporting, and making merry, and my soul, in such a case as this ? But is there no hope of escaping out of this wretched state ? I see there is no abiding thus. I am but a dead man, if I continue as I am. What must I do to be saved ?" When he is brought to this, there is some way made for his entertainment with Christ ; yet this is not all that is needful, but he further may be brought to, 2. An utter despair of himself, and all things else without Christ. -« i ^ "'v-r Being made sensible of his sin, and his danger, a sin- ner will look for help and deliverance ; but he will look every where else before he will look unto Christ ; nothing will bring a sinner to Christ but absolute necessity. He will try to forsake his sins, and to see if by these means be may escape. He will have recourse to prayers, and sermons, and sacraments, and search if there be not sal- vation in them. But all these, though they be useful in their places, and indeed necessary, yet, looking no fur- ther, the sinner sees there is no salvation in them ; his righteousness cannot save him ; this is but rags ; his duties cannot pave him ; these may be reckoned among t^■■- m BBNEWINO THE COVBNANT. 1T5 iThat mean j,nd fetters roll before 1 1 Lord, rting, and his? But hed state ? dead man, )e saved ?" way made 3 is not all it to, things else iger, a sin- le "will look t; nothing issity. He bese means •ayers, and be not sal- )e useful in ing no fur- them ; his rags ; his ned among his sins ; ordinances cannot save him ; these are but empty cisterns; and all tell him, ^*Yqvl knock at a wrong door ; salvation is not in us." " Well, the Lord be merciful unto me," saith the sinner, *^ What shall I do ? Abide as I am, I dare not, and how to help my- self I know not : my praying will not save me j my hearing will not ; if I give all my goods to the poor, if I should give my body to be burned, all this would not gave my soul. Woe is me I what shall I do, and whither shall I go?" . , And now being brought to this distress, to this utter loss, his despair drives him to the only door of hope that is lefb open. Then Christ will be acceptable, when he sees none but Christ can save him. The Apostle tells us, ** We are kept under the law, shut up unto the faith that should afterwards be revealed." (Gal. iii. 23.) All other doors were shut up against us ; there was no hope of escaping but by that one door which was left open. " The faith that was afterwards to be revealed.'* As the beseiged in a city, that have every gate blocked up, and but one difficult passage left opea, by which there is any possibility of escaping, thither throng for the saving of their lives ; They are shut up unto that door, to which (if there had been any other way open) they would never have come. i ■ i •j-1 nFT 17ft BSNEWINQ THE COYIKANT. 0» ICiff^l And as Christ will never be accepted, so can the sinner never be received of him, till be lets go all other props, and thists in Him alone. Christ will have no sharer with him in the work of saving souls. " If ye seek me, let these go their way/' as he said in another case ; let not Ofily your sins go» but all dependance on your righteous- nesB» all the refuge of lies wherein you have trusted ; l^t all go, if you will have me to be a refuge to you. I came not to call the righteous ; if I should, they would not come ; or if they come, let them go as they came, let them go to their righteousness in which they trust ; and let naked, destitute sinners, distressed sinners, come to me ; who am come to this end, to seek and to save them that are lost. Sinners, will you come now ? Will you venture here? For this your adventuring on Christ, you have this tjbree-fold warrant : — 1. God^s Ordination. This is he whom Cod the Father hath appointed, and sent into the world, to bring back his exiles to himself, to save sinners. This is he ' whom God the Father hath sealed, hath marked him out for that chosen person, in whom is salvation j hath sealed him his commission, for the redeeming and recon- ciling the world to himself. As God said unto the three friends of Job, when he was angry with, them, ** Go \ :k RBMEWtNO THE COVINANT. m le sinner er props, irer with c me, let ; let not ighteous- trusted ; I you. I ey would came, let Ast ; and , come to ave them ure here? Lave this Cod the , to bring Chis is he :ked him on ; hath ,nd recon- unto the bem, " Go to my servant Job, and he shall offer sacrifice for you ; he shall pray for you, for him will I accept j" (Job xlii. 8 ;) so to sinners : Go, saith the Lord, to my servant Jesus ; he shall offer sacrifice for you, he shall make re- conciliation for you. '^ Behold my servant whom I up- hold, mine Elect in whom my soul delighteth ; I have put my Spirit upon bim, he shall bring forth judgment to the Gentiles." (Isaiah xlii. 1.) 2. God's command, '* This is his commandment, That we should believe on the name of his Son Jesus Christ.'* (1 John iii. 23.) 3. The promise of God : ** Behold, I lay in Sion a chief corner-stone, elect, precious : he that believeth on him shall not be confounded." (1 Pet. ii. 6.) Now, having this three-fold warrant, — the warrant of God's ordination, command, and promise, — ^you may be bold to adventure on Christ, and to apply yourselves to him thus : '* Lord Jesus, here I am, a poor captive exile, a lost creature, an enemy to God, under his wrath and curse. Wilt thou, Lord, undertake for me, reconcile me to God, and save my soul ? Do not, Lord, refuse me ; for if thou refuse me, to whom then shall I go 1 Art not thou he, and he alone, whom God the Father bath sealed, the Saviour of sinners ? The Lord God hath sent me to thee, hath bid me come ; he hath commanded me to believe, and oast myself upon tbee* Lord Jesus, 1 ITS RENEWING THE COVENANT. i» M >«! i«f .Trilt thou refuse to help a distressed creature, whom the Father hath sent to thee for thj help ? If I had come on my own head, or in my own name, thou mightest well have put me back ; but since I come at the com- mand of the Father, reject me not 1 Lord, help me I Lord, save me ! Art thou not he, concerning whom the Father hath promised, * He that believeth on him shall not be confounded V I come, Lord ; I believe Lord ; I throw myself upon thy grace and mercy ; I cast myself upon thy blood and bowels : do not refuse me ! I have not whither else to go. Here I will stay, I will not stir from thy door ; on thee will I trust, and rest and venture myself. God hath laid ray help on thee and on thee I lay my hope for pardon, for life, for salvation. If I perish, I perish on thy shoulders ; if I sink, I sink on thy vessel ; if I die, I die at thy door. Bid me not go away, for I will not go.'' IV. Resign and deliver up yourselves to God in Christ. . ^ " Yield yourselves to the Lord," that is, as his ser- vants J give up the dominion and government of your- selves to Christ. ** Neither yield your members as instruments of unrighteousness unto sin ; but yield your- selves to God, as those that are alive from the dead, and your members as instruments of righteousness unto God. To whom ye yield yourselves servants to obey. RENEWING THE COVENANT. 1^9 his servants yn are to whom ye obey." Yield yourselves so to the Lord, that you may henceforth be the Lord's : "lam thine/' saith the Psalmist. Those that yield themselves to sin and the world, their heart says, '* Sin, I am thine : world, I am thine ; — riches, I am yours ; pleasures, I am yours." "I am thine," saitb the Psalmist ; devoted to thy fear, dedicated to thy service. *' I am thine, save me." Give yourselves to Christ, sin- ners ; be devoted to his fear. ' " And this giving yourselves to him, must be sucb as supposes that ye be heartily contented, — 1. That he appoint you your work. 2. That he appoint you your station. 1. That he appoint you your work: That he put you to whatsoever he pleaseth. Servants, as they must do their master's work, so they must do that work which their master appoints them ; they must be for any work their master hath for them to do ; they must not pick and choose : " This I will do, and that T will not do :" they must not say, " This is too hard," or " This is too meun,'^ or " This may be well enough let alone," Good servants, when they have chosen their master, will let their master choose their work ; and will not dispute his will, but do it. ., iiv- -^w>:' Christ hath many services to be done ; some are more easy and honourable, others more difficult and disagree- li s ill •H' ^60 BB9BWIN0 TBB COVSMANT. W w ii >i v 1 1 iS^ 1 1 able ; some are suitable to our inclinations and interests, ' others are contrary to both. In some we may please Christ, and please ourselves ; as, when he requires us to feed and clothe ourselves, to provide things honest for our maintenance. Yea, and there are some spiritual duties that are more pleasing than others ; as, to re. joice in the Lord, to be blessing and praising God, to be feeding ourselves with tliO delights and comforts of re- ligion : these are the sweet works of a Christian. But then there are other works, wherein we cannot please Christ but by denying ourselves ; as, giving and lending, bearing and forbearing, reproving men for their sins, withdrawing from their company, witnessing against their wickedness, confessing Christ and his name, when it will cause us shame and reproach ; sailing against the wind, swimming against the tide, steering contrary to the times, parting with our ease, our liberties, and our accommodations for the name of our Lord Jesus. [If there is not time to read the whole of this tract, let the Preachers here begin to read, on occasion of renewing ihe Covenant annually in the Methodist Societies.] It is necessary, beloved, to sit down, and consider what it will cost you to be the servants of Christ, and take a thorough survey of the whole business of Christianity, and not to engage thoughtlessly to you know not what. ^irst, tiee what it is that Christ doth expect, and then RBNIWINO THB 00VB17AHT. 181 interests, %y please res us to onest for spiritual as, to re. od, to be rts of re- in. But ot please I lending, leir sins, ; against ne, when I against contrary I, and our IS. I tract, let renewing ] consider irist, and dness of [y to you and then yield yourselves to his whole will. Do not think of compounding or making your own terms with Christ : that will never be allowed you. Go to Christ, and tell him, '^ Lord Jesus, if thou wi)t receive me into thy house, if thou wilt but own me as thy servant, I will not stand upon terms ; impose upon me what conditions thou pleasest, write down thine own articles, command me what thou wilt, put me to any thing thou seest good ; let me come under thy roof, let me be thy servant, and spare not to command me : I will be no longer mine own, but give up myself to thy will in all things." v- / : - 2. Let him appoint you your station and condition : whether it be higher or lower, a prosperous or afflicted state. Be content that Christ should choose your work and choose your condition ; that he should have the command of you, and the disposal of you : *^ Make me what thou wilt. Lord, and set me where thou wilt : let me be a vessel of silver or gold, or a vessel of wood or stone, so I be a vessel of honour : of whatsoever form or metal, whether higher or lower, finer or coarser, I am content ; if I he rot the head, or the eye, or the ear, one of the nobler and more honourable intruments thou wilt employ, let me be the hand, or the foot, one of the most laborious, and lowest, and most contemptible of all the servants of my Lord j let my dwelling b# on the 183 BBNEWINO THE COVENANT. dunghill, my portion in the wilderness, my name and lot amongst the hewers of wood and drawers of water, among the door-keepers of thy house ; any where, where I may be serviceable. I put myself wholly into thy hands; put me to what thou wilt, rank me with whom thou wilt ; put me to doing ; put me to suffering ; let me be employed for thee, or laid aside for thee ; exalted for thee, or trodden under foot for thee ; let me be full, let me be empty ; let me have all things, let me have nothing : I freely and heartily resign all to thy pleasure 'O J and disposal.*^ '-*■»' { This is closing with Christ as your King and sover- eign Lord ; and in this is included, your renouncing the devil and all his works, the flesh and its lusts; together with your consenting to all the laws and ordinances of Christ and his providential Government. Beloved, such an agreement with Christ as you have here been exhorted to, is that wherein the essence of Christianity lies. When you have chosen the incor- ruptible crown ; that is, when you have chosen God to be your portion and happiness ; when you have adventured, and laid up your whole interest and all your hopes with Christ, casting yourself wholly upon the merits of his righteousness; when you have understand! ngly and heartily resigned, and given up yourselves to him, resolv- ing for ever to be at his command, and at his disposal ; RENEWING THE COVENANT. 18S then you are Christians indeed, and never till then. Christ will be the Saviour of none but his servants. He is the Author of eternal salvation to those that obey him J Christ will have no servants but by consent ; his people are a willing people ; and Christ will accept of uo consent but in full to all he requires ; he will be all in all, or he will be nothing. V. Confirm and complete all this by solemn covenant. [Here let all who are willing to engage to renew the covenant, signify it by standing up, and continue standing while the Preacher reads as follows :] iive yourselves to the Lord as his servants, and bind yourselves to him as his covenant servants. Upon your entering into covenant with God, the covenant of God stands firm to you : God gives you leave, every man, to put in his own name into the covenant-grant ; if it be not found there at last, it will be your own fault ; if it be not there, there will be nothing found in the whole covenant belonging unto you ; if it be there, all is your's ; if you have come into the bond of the covenant, you shall have your share in the blessings of the covenant. " Thou hast avouched the Lord this day to be thy God, to walk in his ways, and#to keep his statutes, and his commandments, and his judgments, to hearken to his voice ; and the Lord hath avouched thee this day to be his peculiar people, H-2 ONIVERSIiy OF WSraSOR UBRART 184 BEMEWINO THE -COVENANT. as he hath promised thee." (Deut. xxvi. 17, 18,) Observe it. The same day that tbey avouched the Lord to be their God the same day the Lord avouched them to be his peculiar people. The same day that they engaged to k«3ep the commandments of God, the same day the Lord engageth to keep his promise with them. There is a two-fold covenanting with God. In pro- feision or in reality ; an entering our names, or an engaging our hearts. The former is done in haptism, by all that are baptized ; who, by receiving that seal of the Covenant, are visibly, or in profession, entered into it. The latter is also two fold. 1. Virtual. Which is done by all those that have sincerely made that closure with God in Christ, which we have spoken of. Those that have chosen the Lord, embarked with Christ, resigned up, and given them- selves to the Lord, are all engaged persons, and have virtually covenanted with him. .^ ^ 2. Formal. Which is our binding ourselves to the Lord by solemn vow or promise to stand to our choice. And this may be either inward in the soul, or outward, and expressed either by word, lifting up the hands, sub- scribing the hand, or the like ; and that by how much the more express and solemn our poyenanting with God lii:' RfiKEWINO THE COVENANT. 185 is, by so much the more sensibly and strongly is it likely to hold our hearts to him. Now, that which we would persuade you to, is this solemn and express covenanting with God ; and in order to the putting this matter into practice, take these few directions: — . , . 1. Seek earnestly his special assistance, and gracious acceptance of you. 2. Consider distinctly all the conditions of the Cov- enant, as they have been laid before you. 3. Search your hearts, whether you either have already or can now freely make such a closure with God in Christ, as you have been now exhorted to. Especially consider what your sins are, and examine whether you can resolve to forego them all. Consider what the laws of Christ are, how holy, strict, and spiritual, and whether you can, upon deliberation, make choice of them all, (even those that most cross your interests and corrupt inclinations,) as the rule of your whole life. Be sure you be clear in these matters ; see that you do not lie unto God. I, < »■ .^ Secondly, Compose your spirits into the most serious frame possible, suitable to a transaction of bo high importance. Thirdly, lay hold on the covenant of God, and rely .%, ^.. .>^.^ "<*>, IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-S) / ifvf A O t/i »^/ 1.0 I.I If 1^ 1^ 1.8 1 25 1.4 ,6 .« 6" ► V <^ /} m c?"^. ' 0% :> Photographic Sciences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, NY 14580 (716) 873-4503 4. c\ \ S) V O ise BBITBWUfa TSS COYENAKT. apon his promise of giving grace and strength, whereby you may be enabled to perform your promise. Trust not to your own strengtb; to the strength of your own resolutionB, but take hold on his strength. Fourthly, Resolve to be faithful. Having engaged your hearts, opened your mouths, and subscribed with your hands to the Lord, resolve in his strength never to go back. Lastly, being thus prepared, set upon the work ; and, in the most solemn manner possible, as if the Lord were visibly present befcre your eyes, fall down on your knees, and spreading forth your hands towards heaven, open your lips to the Lord, in these or the like words : — [Here I at all present kneel down.] most dreadful God ! for the passion of thy Son, I beseech thee accept of thy poor prodigal now prostrating himself at thy door, I have fallen from thee by mine iniquity and am by nature a son of death,^and a thou- sand-fold more the child of hell by my wicked practice ; but of thine infinite grace thou hast promised mercy to me in Christ, if I will but turn to thee with all my heart ; therefore, upon the call of thy Gospel, I am now Qome in, and, throwing down my weapons, submit my- lelf to thy mercy. RBNEWINO THE COYBNANT. 18T ^^^i And because thou requirest, as the condition of mj peace with thee, that I should put away mine idols, and be at defiance with all thine enemies, whicb» I acknow- ledge, I have wickedly sided with against thee, I here) from the bottom of my heart, renounce them all ; firmly covenanting with thee not to allow myself in any known sin, but conscientiously to use all the means that I kiiow thou hast prescribed for the death and utter destruction of all my corruptions. And whereas, formerly, I have inordinately and idelatrously let out my affections upon the world, I do here resign my heart to thee that madest it; humbly protesting before thy glorious Majesty, that it is the firm resolution of my heart, and that I do unfeignedly desire grace from thee, tliat when thou shalt call me hereunto, I may practise this my reso- lution, to forsake all that is desr unto me in this world, rather than turn from thee to the ways of sin ; and that I will watch against all its temptations, whether of pros- perity or adversity, lest they should withdraw my heart from thee, beseeching thee also to help me against the temptations of Satan, to whose wicked suggestions I resolve, by thy grace never to yield. And because my own righteousness is but filthy rags, I renounce all con- fidence therein ; and acknowledge that I am of myself a hopeless, helpless, undone creature, without righteous- ness or strength. And forasmuch as thou hast, of thy bottomless mercy. if "HI 188 BENBWINO THE COVENANT. V ^ l!*!>-- ' ' ■ -l-^ offered most graciously to me, wretched sinner, to be again my God through Christ, if I would accept of thee ; I call heaven and earth to record this day, that I do here solemnly avouch thee for the Lord my God ; and with all possible veneration, bowing the neck of my soul under the feet of my most sacred Majesty, I do here take thee, the Lord, Jehovah, Father, Son, and Holy Ghost, for my portion ; and do give up myself, body and soul, for thy servant; promising and vowing to serve thee, in holiness and righteousness, all the days of my life. And since thou hast appointed thaLord Jesus Christ the only means of coming unto thee, I do here, upon the bended knees of my soul, accept of Him, as the only new and living way by which sinners may havt access to thee ; and do here solemnly join myself in a marriage- covenant to him. blessed Jesus, I eome to thee hungry, wretched, miserable, blind, and naked ; a most loathsome, polluted wretch; a guilty, condemned malefactor, unworthy to wash the feet of the servants of my Lord, much more to be solemnly married to the King of Glory ; but since such is thine unparalled love, I here, with all my power, accept thee, and take thee for my head and husband, for better, for worse ; for richer, for poorer ; for all times RSMEWINO THE COVENANT. 18d and conditions, to love, honour, and obey thee before all others, and this to the death. I embrace thee in all thj offices; I renouct'C my own worthiness, and do here avow thee for the Lord, my righteousness; I renounce mins own wisdom, and do here take thee for my only guide ; I renounce mine own will, and do take thy will for my law. '• *' ' ^* - And since thou hast told me, I must suffer if I will reign, I do here covenant with thee, to take my lot as it falls with thee, and, by thy grace assisting, to run all hazards with thee ; verily purposing, that neither life nor death shall part between thee and me. And because thou hast been pleased to give me thy holy laws as the rule of my life, and the ways in which I should walk to thy kingdom, I do here willingly put my neck under thy yoke, and set my shoulder to thy bur- den ; and, subscribing to all thy laws, as holy, ju^t, and good, I solemnly take them as the rule of m.y words, thoughts, and actions ; promising, that, though my flesh contradict and rebel, I will endeavour to order and govern my whole life according to thy direction, and will not allow myself in th3 neglect of any thing that I know to be my duty. , . >i.sA^ ,, i Now, Almighty God, Searcher of Hearts, thou know- est that I make this covenant with thee this day without any known guile or reseiTation, beseeching, thee if thou mi HVi *'/-"■ !| \-< 190 RENBWINO THE COVENANT. 1^1 espiest any flaw or falsehood therein, thou wouldst dia- oover it to me, and help me to do it aright. And now, glory be to thee, God the Father, whom I shall be bold, from this day forward, to^look upon as my God and Father; that ever thou shouldst find out such a way for the recovery of undone sinners. Glory be to thee, God the Son, who hast loved me, and washed me from my sins in thine own blood, and art now become my Saviour and Redeemer. ' - - Glory be to thee, God the Holy Ghost, who, by the finger of thine Almighty power, hast turned about my heart from sin to God. dreadful Jehovah, the Lord God Omnipotent Father, Son, and Holy Ghost, thou art now become my covenant-friend, and I, through thine infinite grace, have become thy covenant-servant. Amen. So be it. And the covenant which I have made on earth, let it be ratified in heaven. [The Preacher will here conclude with extemporaneons prayer.] This covenant we advise you to make, not only in heart, but in word ; not only in word, but in writing; and that you would, with all possible reverence, spread the writing before the Lord, as if you would present it to him as your act and deed ; and when you have done this, sot your hand to it ; keep it as a memorial of the solemn transactions that have passed between God and you, that you may have recourse to it in doubts and temptations. wouldst dis- Bither, whom )ok upon as ist fiad out »ers. Glory ed me» and ood, and art who, by the I about my '\ . Omnipotent ' become my finite grace, 1. So be it. rth, let it be emporaneons not only in in writing; 'ence, spread present it to 7Q done this, f the solemn id you, that temptatioDS. '''■'•M :% BOOK AND 1»BINTR<0 BSTABLl8Hlf£NT. CHAPTER VIII. 191 . ^ -^k. I ri ON THE CONSTITUTION OP THE FUNDS AND COMMIT TEES OP CONNEXIONAL SOCIETIES. ''■'tli '• ''..t'^i'^T)■1■ ? — — — — ... ^'t^ ,vM7(jf Section I. The Book and Printing Establishment, 1. What are the regulations for conducting the Book and Printing Establishment ? Ans. The Book and Printing Establishment of the Conference shall be managed by a Book Steward, under the direction of a Committee, to be nominated by the President, composed of the Ministers in the Toronto City Circuits and five others appointed by the Con- ference. 2. The Committee shall meet ordinarily for the trans- action of business once a quarterf viz., on the first Wed- nesday in August, November, February, and May, or at such other time or times as it may direct; unless in the judgment of the President of the Conference, or of the Book Steward and Editor, it may be deemed advisable at any time to hold the quarterly meetings on some other day, in which case the members shall be duly notified of the time and place of such meeting. The '■•it Bi "I I « 102 BOOK AND PBINTIKG ESTJIBLISHUENT. , 1 Book Steward and Editor, or the President of Confer ence, shall have authority to call an extra meellng at| any time when in their judgment the interests of the Establishment may require it. H 3. The Committee shall make themselves thoroughly acquainted with the position and operations of the Es- tablishment, for which purpose they shall have access to its books, accounts, and apartments. They shall de cide the amount of support for Book Steward and Editor, and quarterly examine the cash and credit sales as well as the total amount of cash received and expended by the Book Steward. They shall also have the power, in con neotion with the President or Co-Delegate and Secre- tary of Conference, to suspend either the Book Steward or the Editor for incompetency, cr for general neglect of duty, and to supply the place so vacated until the en- suing Conference. 4. They shall annually appoint suitable persons to examine the books and audit the accounts of the Book- keeper, and at their last quarterly meeting they shall carefully review the entire operations of the year, and prepare a clear and full Report of the state of the Establishment, to be laid before the Conference. At the end of every four years they shall cause a correct valua- tion of the stock, machinery, debts, and other property '( -, . 1 BOOK AND FRIMTINO E8TABLI8HMS1IT. 118 in thd possession of the Book Steward to be made, entering such property at its real saleable value, and the valuation so made shall form the basis of all reports until the next valuation, provided always that in no case shall the Books purchased by the Book Steward be taken in stock above the real cost of the same when first put into the Stock Boom. , . ,. , ^; 5. A Book Steward shall be appointed by the Con- ference, and on entering upon his office a faithful valua- tion and inventory of all the property shall be made, when the entire amount so valued shall be confided to his care. It shall be his duly to purchase the materials and goods required for the Establishment, keeping in view the general wants of the Connexion, and the religious instruction of the people. But he shall publish no book at the expense of the Conference without the consent of the Book Committee. He shall give the Committee such information as they may require concerning the business of the Establishment. He shall annually pre- sent to the Conference a Balance Sheet exhibiting the financial state of the concern, together with the abstract of the cash account, showing the sources whence the money has been received, and the purposes for which paid. He shall conduct the business of the Establish- ment in the most economical and efficient manner, and shall pay over from time to time to the Treasurer of the ,,; A'.* V :( I Il'' i:. 3 ^9 ii::.; i I U 194 ROOK AND PRINTIMO ESTABLISHMENT. Superannuation Fund such portion of the profits as thel Committee may deem consistent with the best interestji| of the Book Room. 6. An Editor shall be appointed by the Conference, who, in the editorial management of the Christian Guardian and other publications committed to his care, shall act in concurrence with the judgment of the Com. niittee. It shall be his duty to make the Christian Guardian as instructive and interesting as possible, and to see that all books and periodicals published by the Book Boom are carefully printed. In all matters touching the publication of the Guardian, it is expected that the Book Steward and Editor will act in harmony ^- 7. CONOERNINQ THE SALE OP BOOKS. 1. No Minister or Preacher shall sell, or publish for sale, any Books but such as are sent regularly from our Book Boom. ' > . . *' 2. Every Minister or Preacher is peremptorily re- quired finally to settle his Book account for the precei ing year at each Conference ; and also regularly to trans. mit the money in his hands without any reservation or deduction whatever, to the Book Steward, whenever it shall amount to ten dollars. Should any Minister or Preacher, having claims on Connexional Funds, fail to pay up his account with the office as above directed, it \ •,■/• Wl IT. BVPEBAMNUATSD MIMIBTERS' FUND. 195 e } profits as tliel shall be the duty of the Book Steward, annually, to best interestsldraw upon the Treasurer of any of those funds, an I amount not exceeding one fourth of the claim of the Confere l^rotber on such fund, towards the payment of his debt; 1 /^/, * /• I^Q^ ^be Treasurer of each fund is hereby directed to J. ,. I honour such drafts when presented. jd to his care,! ^ * * ' '•' '>i« ; of the Com.l . ^ ^" ' Section II. - -^ ■ ^ ;f ii^O he (7An«officio a member of the Cen- ■ tral Board,) who shall be appointed by the Conference remptorily rel upon the nomination of the President. or the prece^B 2. The members of the Central Board shall be elected larly to trans. J for a term of three years, one-third of whom shall retire reservation or I annually, but shall, nevertheless, be eligible for re-election. , whenever it I 3. The Central Board for the year 1863, shall con- Minister or ■ gigt of the Reverends Anson Greon, D. D., Asahel funds, fail tolHurlburt, Thomas Cosford, Richard Jones, Samuel re directed, itg Rose, and John Douse, Treasurer. ** r rit^t J ♦ w' i : S ■! 190 supiiiAintiTATES iinmtiBs^ rtito. i:-ii > - yet »rorl 3. twa The Funds. I 2. This Fund $haU consist of the annual income arising ^^^ *-^l. From the interest of such monies as are invested in its behalf. 2. From subscriptions and donations taken up annu- ally in the Classes and among the lay friends of the Church during the months of November and December. The amount to be remitted to the Treasurer on, or before the first day of January in each year, 3. From the Annual Subscriptions, of all our Travel* ling Ministers and Preachers, which shall not be less than four dollars each) to be paid to the Financial Sec- retary at the May District Meeting, and by bim remitted w^^^ to the Treasurer of the Superannuated Ministers' Fund '^^^ not later than the Jirst day of each Conference. 4. Such monies as may be donated from the profits of the Book and Printing Establishment. Allowances, _ . . . ~ The following graduating scale of allowances shall he made to all the claimants ; one-half payable on or before the 20th January and July in each year. 1. Every Superannuated Minister who shall have travelled effectively fifteen years and upwards in our workf shall be allowed eight dollars per annum for each year of efficient service. '■A v-'s { T^ -.4' are '13 invested cen up annu> lends of the id December usurer on, or SUPEBAMNnATBO MimSTIRS' FUND. 197 2. All other Ministers who cease to travel by the icome arisms Ipermission of the Conference, shall receive eight dollars )er annum for each year they have travelled in our vrork, during a period of four years. 3. The widows of deceased Ministers shall be allowed two-thirds of the amount appropriated according to the above scale. Except : 1. Such widows as are ten years younger than their husbands, and were married after their hus- bands were fifty-five years of age, or after they were superannuated. 2. Those widows whose husbands did not render more than five ^ear< effective service after their marriage, these shall have no claims except by the recommendation of the Board, and at the entire descretion of the Conference. Provided a7iray5— That when the claims upon the Superannuated Ministers' Fund for any year, shall be more than the income of such year, each claimant shall receive a percentage in proportion to his claim, to the full amount only of the current income. Miscellaneous Eegulation$, 1. The period for computing Ministers' claims on the Superannuated" Ministers' Fund shall commence from shall have W^^ time of their being received by the Conference for rards in our lour workj except such Preachers as were employed pre- num for each Iviously to the November Quarterly Meeting, under the V V J^ 1^ i-y^r Idirection of a Chairman of a District. ' ^ * f" 1 J 1 our Travel, not be less inancial Sec* bim remitted listers' Fund rence. ^ ' the profits of zfices shall he e on or before iM i: '■ III ii- i > K m m/: 198 COMTJLNGENT FUND. 2. All Ministers hereafter coming to us from other Churches, or other branches of the Wesleyan Church, shall be allowed a claim upon the Fund, according to the number of years they shall have travelled in con- nexion with our Conference^ and on payment of such sums as may be deemed equitable by the Conference. * 3. All those lay-members and friends who have paid one pound or upwards annually to the Fund, shall have their names printed in the Minutes of Conference ; and shall be entitled to receive a copy of the Annual Minutes gratis. , ^ -j., ..u.^.i ... .,,.■.;, t r<-tS. ■ -..,V'« i - 4. When Superannuated Ministers are authorized by the District Meeting to attend the Conference, their travelling expenses shall be allowed them. Section III. Tfie Continffsnt Fund. Art. 1. This Fund, denominated '* The Contingent Fund of the Wesleyan Methodist Church in Canada," is established for the purpose of aiding those Circuits which have not been able to pay their Ministers' or Preachers' Salaries ; for relieving cases of special aflflic- tion, and for defraying extraordinary expenses incurred in the service of the Church. ^ "SK COMTINGEXT FUND. Iftt US from other leyan Church, , according to relied in con- rment of such Conference. virho have paid nd, shall have nference; and ' the Annual authorized by nference, their le Contingent h in Canada," those Circuits r Ministers* or r special affile- enses incurred Art, 2. In addition to the amount granted by the English Conference, there shall be public colleotionfl made in all our congregatbns during the months of September and March in each year, ^ t^ Art. 3. The Committee of the Contingent Fund shall consist of Thirty Members — namely, Fifteen Ministers appointed by the Conference, and an equal number of Laymen chosen by the Recording Stewards and lay Representatives at the May District Meetings of several Districts most contiguous to the place of holding the ensuing Conference, such Districts to be named by the preceding Conference. -'^ • ^ • ^ ^^* Art* 4. This Committee shall meet annually at the place of holding the Conference, on the Second Wed- nesday of the Conference, at 2 o'clock, P.M. Art, 5, This Committee shall appoint annually from among themselves, a Chairman, Secretary, Treasurer and two Auditors. N. B. The President of the Conference is ex-officioj the Chairman of all Co9ne^opal Committees. 1. It shall be the duty of the Secrett^ry to keep a Book in which shall be inserted the Constitution and By>Laws, and in which he shall keep a record of the proceedings of all the meetings of the Committee ; and Ml- II ill if ilv ^ *' ll> '\ 800 CONTIKOBNT FUKD. to sign all orders upon the Treasurer which have been authorized by the Committee. 'ir." .tr^rt^saj/tui^ r t^v ..,: 2. It shall be the duty of the Treasurer to receive all monies, and make such disburLoments as have been authorized by the Committee and signed by the Secre- tary, and to render to the Committee an annual detailed account of the same. ; ^j- ^ - .: ,^ 3. It shall be the duty of the Auditors to examine the accounts of the Treasurer, annually, and present thttr Report 'to the Committee. Art. 6. All applications for grants from this Fund shall be presented to the Committee by the Chairman of the District from which the claim is mB'le, or by such other person as he may appoint to represent his District. Art. 7. No application for special or additional grants to any Circuit shall be entertained by this Committee, unless such Circuit has raised during each quarter, the average sum of fifty-cents per member. Art* 8. No applicf^tion for additional aid to Circuits, or special claims, shall be entertained by this Committee unless they have passed the Quarterly Meeting, and have been signed by the Recording Stewards, and recommended by the District Meeting. ■ '' ' *' • Art, 9. All applications for expenses incurred in the general work, or for other c]|ims not otherwise specified, •!- •■ CONTINOEKT FUKD. 201 have been receive all have been y the Secre- ual detailed to examine and present L this Fund Chairman of >, or by such his District, itional grants 1 Committee, quarter, the 1 to Circuits, is Committee (Meeting, and towards, and curred in the ^ise specified, jihall be submitted to the Committee in detail for {heir investigation and approval. h^ Art. 10. A Financial District Meeting, consisting of the Superintendents of Circuits and Missions and one Steward from each Circuit and Mission, shall be held in each District in the month of September, in which the sum granted to that District by the Committee, shall be apportioned io the different Circuits as fairly and impartially as possible. i>_ir.'l'Vi::. ■> h J»«VJ«»-{j* Art. 11. Any Circuit which in the past year has received assistance from the Contingent Fund, may or may not obtain aid the next year, as the Financial District Meeting may see fit ; even though the said Circuit may or may not have been considered in the appropriation made to the District by this Committee. Art. 12. One half of the amounts granted by the Committee to each District shall be forwarded by the Treasurer to the Financial Secretary of such District in the month of December, and the balance paid over tiO him during the first week of Conference. . -v r .r Art. 13. The Collections taken up for this Fui^d in September and March shall be paid over by Superinten- dents to the Financial Secretaries of their several Districts not later than the 15th of the following mon.h0 respectively. m 11 (■«. if; t' itli ; ! I ':':'■ (f 9oa CBii.nBKN*g rtiso. ■n . ^.^+-f^"rt/ 'tv;- SlOTlOll II. The Children's Fmd.' - '^^^^^^^^ %.-.^ • ••^i.*^ t* .^Jb- ■ U 1 1. This Fund shall be denominated < , The Committee. \ The Committee for the management of this Fund fhall be composed of all the Financial Secretaries; to|;ether with a General Treasurer and a General Secretary, to be annually nominated by the Committee^ and appointed by the Conference. The Committee shall meet annually at the place of holding the Conference* one day previous to its com- mencement, and at such other times as may be deemed necessary. , It shall be the duty of the Committee : 1. To appoint gnnnally a Chairman to preside at its Bteetings. • v^-* ^^ '< *-'■•. « .^ 2. To appoint annually two Auditors to examine the ^eeowita of tha Treasurer) and report to the Committee. Children's Canada^'* iding more >f the Dis- Ministers, ^t on tbe this iFund [ecretaries ; a General Uommittee^ be place of ;o its com' be deemed reside at its xamine the Committee. m 0tttLbft«.*»^?f 1, The Income of this Fund shall be raised upon the tCTeral Circuits and Missions^ according to a rate reoom' mended by the Committee^ and approved by the Confer- ence ; and this amount shall he the first ehim upon the income of each Circuit and Mission ; and w^en the amount due by any Circuit or Misi^on to this x^und shall exceed the claim of such Circuit or Mission u)[M>fi the Fund, the Recording Steward shall remit the balance (quarterly) to the Financial Secretary of his Dibtict • and when the Financial Secretary had a balance in his hands, after paying the claims of the several Circuits of bis District, he shall forward the same to the General Treasurer, who shall distribute it to the several Districts according to their respective claims. '- "^ i'T'^T^P- 2. The number of members for which each Circuit or District shall be responsible^ shall be that returned te 111 life. l^' 204 CHILDREN'S FUND. h,M <■ '■ the previous Conferenoe ; with such alterations only, as are oaused by the change of b >undaries previously sanctioned by the Conference. iv vu « 3. The Book and Printing Establishment, Colleges, and other Connexional Institutions, shall respectively pay to the Treasurer of this Fund the amounts due to the Ministers connected with such Institutions for their Children's allowances, and such Ministers shall receive their allowances for their children from the said Treasurer. ^y^^-^^ -^a-^ | ii ,,,.^4 u : - r i%e Claimants, ; ... . 'r ^ ; :!*1' ^ 1. The regular claimants upon this fund, are such children of Ministers engaged in the active work as were bom after their fathers had been received into full connection with the Conference. , .5,^,^, .,, . „.,-,i >r 2. Each Superannuated Minister shall receive from the Children's Fund for each child under eighteen years of age — ^if not otherwise provided for — the sum of one dollar annually for each year that he has been employed in the effective work in our Conference; provided always, that he does not receive more than the sum of thirty dollar§ for each child. ^, , i 3. All Superannuated Ministers who shall have been employed lets than fifteen years in the effective work, shall receive the amount to which they are entitled ijceordiDg to the above scale, for four yeart after the CHILDRBM^S FUND. 205 )ns only, as previously t, Collegei, respectively nts due to OS for their lall receive the said [, are such ve work as 3eived into iceive from ir eighteen r — the sum ^ has been ionference ; more than ;■ :" I -'IB f' > have been ctive work, re entitled after the time ot their Superannuation, when theii claim on the Fund shall cease; provided always that all Superan* nuated Ministers shall receive the full amount of thirty dollars for each child for ttoo years tSter their Superannuation, without respect to the above rule. The children of deceased Ministers are entitled to the same claims as those of Superannuated Ministers. 4. The maximum sum for each member of the Churco to pay into this fund, shall not exceed thirty-five cents ; and when the sum thus collected, shall not pay the several claimants according to the Discipline, then each claimant shall receive an amount proportioned to his claim, up to the full amount of the current income, ^u 5. The Financial Secretaries shall bo the Treasurers of the Children's Fund for their respective Districts, and shall make a correct record in their District Books at each May District Meeting, of the names, ages, and dates of birth of each claimant upon the fund for whom payment is made ; a similar record of those whose claims are prospective for the ensuing year, and the number of members on each Circuit for the past year, and the number of members to be reported to the ensuing Conference. ^<^'^m-^Mmk. A schedule, containing suitable columns for these records, which shall have been furnished by the ai II * I II •ffliwp :■ ^ :| I: •■ 206 CHURCH RELIEF FUND. Treasurer, shall be filled by the Financial Secretary, and banded to the Treasurer the day previous to the opening of the Conference. 6« The Financial Secretary shall not, at the May District Meeting, place upon the list of prospectiye elaimants, the name of any child born after the fifteenth of May, then current ; nor shall any such child be included in the estimates for the ensuing year, nor be paid for by any Treasurer ; nor will the claim of any child be admitted whose name was not reported to the Financial Secretary at the previous May District Meeting. 7. Each Minister, having children claimants upon this Fund, sha]l> at the Financial District Meeting, furnish the Financial Secretary with a list of their names and ages^ counting to the fifteenth of May previous. Section III. u**u<^? t'4 l^i t Church Relief Fund. . ^ 1. This Fund, denominated *'The Chubch Belief Fund of th/^ Waileyan Methodist Church in Canada^* — is established for the purpose of aiding such Churches as are deeply involved in debt, and greatly needing assistance. ... 2. All Churches applying for assistance must be regularly deeded, and legally secured to the Connexico retarj, and »us to the the May prospeotiye ie fifteenth b. child be ear» nor be kirn of any rted to the y District lants upon it Meeting, ;heir names revious. CH Belief n Canada^* h Churches ;ly needing s must be ConnexicQ CHUROB HiLiir rvso. -207 by being registered aooordiog to law, within otte year after possession. ' :...?--«. 3. No application for assistance from the Ohurdi Belief Fund will be entertained, unless the applioants stuhiierihe at least one dollar eack to th9 General Fund, and pledge themselves to raise an t. jnount at least equal to the sum granted from ike Fund ; nor will any sum be appropriated or paid by the Treasurer of the Fund until JBi statement duly authenticated be furnished that the sum raised by local effort has been OoUected for the purposes specified. v ,. ^ . ... ^ 4. No District shall have any claims OH the Church Belief Fund, until the Finaucial Secretaiy of such Dis- trict has made a return of the money to the Qeneral Treasurer; and that the Financial Secretaries be re- quested to make these returns on or before the first day of the Conference* .?■ »- 1. ^ ,^y h,j!^ ^^ _^ 5. That the Committee of the Church Belief Fund shall consist of one Minister from each IMstriet, to be appointed by the May District Meeting, and twenty-one leymen to be appointed, by the same authority as those constituting the Contingent Fund Committee, from the several Districts most contiguous to the place of holding the ensuing Conference, such Districts, and their pro- portion, to be named by the preceding Conference. 1-2 1 il'S"' 'iiSi • .1 * , I.- ; 4 ^"nmm 208 CHURCH RETilir FUND. lb tf>u i tSjT t |l 'I !^^i ;^i*I ^ "^ 6. This Committee shall meet on the " daring the se r/i is of each Conference — when all appli. cations must be considered by them. And the particular state of each Church requiring relief, as to debts and « resources, or income and expenditure, &c., shall be laid '.before the Committee in writing, , rn lU .J>v>'t vr^ *^'"7. This Fund shall consist of— 1. Public Collections in all our Churches and Congregations to be made - annually during the month of July. — 2. Subscnptions of Trustees of one dollar, or more annually. — 3. Stick , Legacies as may be made by wealthy members or friends of the church.,^' f ,^ ^ .; j. ^ : ,: «^ ^ 8. The monies which are thus raised shall be annually -appropriated by the Church Belief Fund Committee ,.at each Conference for the relief of such churches as are involved in debt, and greatly need assistance. 9. The Committee shall appoint a Chairman, a Secretary, and two Auditors — the Treasurer being , appointed by the Conference. hj < 10. All the business of the Committee shall be annu- -ally reported to the Conference and subject to its sanction, r? jv; r ■ ( ;., .o- , '■<' ' ':•»(!; ;:^ 'i' •'►■**' , ^if^ii'i.:- 'v-i'.^ ■■;; , i t . ' : .■ ' '.">' ' ■ •';. rr; .■♦. Hi !,.,)■,, • *5*tWii iiiii.. r^k:r. '■ ;« ••-■ s^y ■ .■■ ,\ ■iM:^^^y> .'>ir(iftrt;f,fl^^!' i- ■'•');.'■;'■:;• ■*'!.! ■ 'uj ''i: f:- , .S-; v'-'i ^••? , :j;^]?•^ f ;^ BDUOATIOlfAL FUND, trfit 209 en all appli. le particular o debts and ihall be laid c Collections to be made uhscriptlons J, — 3. Such rs or friends •^. -•' be annually Committee oh churches Bsistance. Chairman, a 3urer being iall be annti- bject to its "."^«-^ ;;;<*! ^ '..'-i . .vMi'h .u.w.'^ii •;;,■»:!■:,. if vart Section IV. --^ M»i4i«-:f>ij^/V'.(i>ij ?.r .' l^ cfu ' . m'' Educational Fund, ^7^'aij ii'ivji'^ « t 1 FOK THB EDUCATION OF CANDIDATES FOR THE VINISTRT. 1. The Conference, by a direct vote, shall appoint such young men to attend Victoria College as it may deem proper. ... - < .^ r • .* 2. Those only shall be sent by Conference in con- nection with the Educational Fund, whose circum- stances require that their expenses in whole, or in part, shall be met by that Fund. ., ,, ,,.^,^ ^^j^, 3. Before any Candidate, who may desire to go to our College, shall be sent there, his circumstances shall be inquired into by the District Meeting; and in the event of his being appointed to go to Col- lege by the Conference, the District Meeting minute of his circumstances shall be forwarded by the Secretary to the Chairman of the Educational Fund Committee. Nevertheless, no Candidate for our Ministry shall be sent to College who has not travelled at least one year in our work. 4. The Educational Fund Committee shall consist of ten persons: one half to be Ministers appointed by the Conference, and one half to be Laymen appointed by the District Meeting in whose bounds the Conference shall be held. The election of lay representatives to '^ li i):f i\ 210 WISLBTAM MISSIORART BOaiTT. this fand shall be subject to the same rale as that whioh directs like elections to the other Funds of our GonAexion. <. / / 5. This Commiltee shall elect from among themselves % Seoretarji a Treasurer, and two Auditors, t^r . : ^ 6. The* Oommittee shall hare power to apportion the funds raised in behalf of the Educational Fund for those young men who are appointed bj the Conference to attend College, as they shall judge expedient. 7. They shall present a report of all monies reeeived and expended annually to the Conference for publica- tion in the Minutes of Conference. r: ^>'^'^-=; Section V. " ■ '-'-{- " '" :;. ' Hevised Constitution of the Missionary Society of the •^mt^mr'^- y yni W, M. Church. '' Abtiolb 1. This Institution shall be designated the *' Wesleyan Methodist Auxiliary Missionary Society in Canada.*' 2. The object of this Society is to excite and cbm- bine, in a plan more systematic and efficient than has been heretofore accomplished, the exertions of the socie- ties and congregations (and others who are friends to the conversion of the heathen and the extension of the Gospel) in the support and enlargement of the Indian WMLITAM MIMIONARY BOCIBTT. 211 and Domestio MissionB which are carried on under the sanction and direction of the Oonference of the Wei- leyan Methodist Church in Canada. 3. Every persou 8ubscri)>ing and paying, annually, the sum of four dollars and upwards, and every bene- factor presenting a donation of forty dollars and upwards, shall be deemed a member of this Society, and entitled, as such, to a General Annual Report. - j-^^^it i^-v-ii^ic 4. All Methodist Missionary Societies which haye already been formed, or which may be formed, for the several Districts in the Province into which the Metho- dist Connexion is divided, shall be entitled *' Auxiliary Methodist Missionary Societies" for the District in which they have been, or may be, formed. All Methodist Mis^ sionary Societies already formed, or hereafter to be formed, in the particular Circui^^s of any district, shall be entitled ** Branch Methodist Missionary Societies" for the Circuits in which they are or shall be established* And Sabbath School and Juvenile Christmas Offerings are also earnestly recommended, where exertions of that nature are likely to be advantageous. v. , ^.i<:«^,vi,f 5. The Chairman of each District shall be, ex-officio Secretary and Treasurer of the Auxiliary Society of his District : and every Superintendent of a Circuit shall, by virtue of his office, be Secretary and Treasurer of the Branch Societies of the Circuit over whidi he presides. 1 I - k: II 212 WESLBTAN MISSIOMART SOCtBTT. ( MS it-A. 6. The money raised in any Circuit for the Metho- dist Missions by Branch Societies, or other local Asso- ciations, and all other monies, in whafever way collected for the same object, shall be regularly paid once every half year, or oflener, into the hands of tho Treasurer of the Auxiliary Society for the District in which the said Circuit is situated, with the deduction only of such sums as may have been disbursed for the incidental and local expenses of the Branch Society. And the Treasurer of every District Society shall remit to the Treasurer of the General Society in Toronto, semi- annually or oftener, all sums «o received by him from the varicus Circuits in his District, deducting only therefrom the necessary incidental expenses incurred by the Auxiliary Society. iu minh:-^ ^'mmn- 7. The Secretaries of every Branch Society, or other local association, shall forward, annually to the Secre- tary of the Auxiliary Society of their District, a list of all the benefactors and subscribers during the preceding twelve months, with an account of their respective contributions. And the Secretaries of every District Auxiliary Society shall also forward annually to the Secretary of the General Society in Toronto a similar list of all the subscribers and benefactors in all the Circuits of their Districts, an abstract of the accounts of the Auxiliary Society, showing its gross receipts, its local pay- ments, and its remittance to the General Treasurer. WB8LETAM MISSIONARY SOCIETY. 218 8. All benefactors of forty dollars and upwards, and all sabsoribers of one pound and upwards, annually, to any of the Auxiliary or Branch Societies in connexion with this Institution shall be deemed, in right of such benefaction or Bubscription, members of the General Society. 9. All persons who collect to the amount of twelve dollars and upwards, annually, for this Institution, or for any of the Auxiliaries, Branches, or Associations, shall also be members of the General Society, and entitled to receive a copy of the Annual Report. 10. An annual public meeting of the members and friends of this Society, at such time and connected with such religious service as may be deemed expedient, shall be held at the place appointed by the committee. At this annual meeting the officers of the Society shall be appointed.^ 1^^ -o *^»j!' 11. A General Committee shall be annually ap- pointed by the Conference, to whom shall be entrusted (in the intervals of the annual assemblies of that body) the superintendence of the collection and disbursements of all monies received for the Missions which are now, or may hereafter be carried on under its sanction, and by the Ministers in connexion with it. The Committee shall consist of the President and Secretary of the ! , V: W' m ■ i: 2U WBSLBTAM M18SIC»fAWr BOOUTT. • Gonferenoe for the time being, tbe Go-Delegate, the General Superintendent of Missions, the Ghairmen of Dsitricts, and not less than seven other Ministers, nor more than the entire number of Chairmen, to be nommated by the Superintendent of Missions, and elected by the Gonference, who, together with au equal number of lay-men, shall possess and exercise all the |x)wets now employed by the Missionary Gommittee and 12. £ach District Meeting, when the Stewards are present, shall elect one. layman, as a member of this committed, and the Gonfei'ence shall appoint the remain- ing number in the same way in whidh tbe Ministers of the Gommittee are appointed. 13. Tbe Ghairman shidl require regular quarterly communieations to be made by each of the Missionaries on their respectiye Districts to the Gorresponding Secretary^ of the Society, giving information of the state and {H^spects of the several missiohs in which they are iemployed. 14. It shall be the duty of the General Missionary Gommittee to furnish the General Treasurer of this Society with a schedule setting forth the number of missions and mission schools, the place of location and the amount appropriated for their support respectively, and the sum total of appropriation for the eurrent year. egnie, the lairmen of istersy nor n^ to be ions, and 1 an equal 36 &11 the nittee and war d^ ftre er of this he remain- inisierd of quarterly IssionarieB responding }f the state h they are yiissionary er of this number of cation and spectiyely, rrent year. t eONSTITUTICS or THE SUNDAY SCHOOL UNIOV. 215 15. This Constitution shall not be altered but by a general meeting of the Society, on the recommendation of the Conference and Committee. • - ' ' SEdtiON VI. ^'^' ^^n ^' ''--^-^ Constitution of the Sunday School Vnion of the Wesley an Methodist Church in Canada, Article I. The title of this Association shall be *^ The Sunday School Union of the Wesleyan Blethodist Church in Canada.*' Artiolk II. -:-7 The object of this Society shall be to promote the cause of Sabbath Schools in connection with the Wes- leyan Methodist Church ; and thus by a careful religious training of those who may be brought within its influ- ence, seek to advance the interests of the Redeemer's Kingdom in the earth. ^ ' ^ ' ' '^ ir\-'4:.^,m^ ^,.,:r> -.0 '--■ ' Article IIL The payment of fifty cents annually shall constitute a member ; and the payment of five dollars at one time '' a member for life; and the payment of twenty-five dollars at one time shall constitute a Director for life,./ liii' h 1 I, ' t IM ■M ;i. I«63i !i'!i Hii 1- 1 II it i[ ^1 216 CONSTITUTION OF THB SUNDAY SCHOOL UNION. : ' ' '■(f4'$m'-4.h»^i^-:i\ Article IV. ^-^^-M^) 'W^^'" ■' In order to effectually carry out the object of this Society, each District shall constitute a Branch of the Union, and shall hold its Anniversary on the evening of the first day of the annual District Meeting. The District Committee shall consist of the Ministers, the Preachers, Directors and Life Members, and Super- intendents of Sabbath Schools within the boundaries, and shall be entitled to elect a Vice-President of the Association. '^' Article V. ^' " In order to promote the object of this Association, collections shall be made in the several Circuits, as the District Committee may direct, and one-tenth of all funds collected shall be sent to the General Treasurer. ' 'i;' .tm j^nn (..^> Article VI. '• i;/;**'^iM^^ >?*.# ' The Board of Management shall consist of a President, who shall be the President of the Conference for the time being, and the Vice-Presidents elected by the District Branch Societies, and the Superintendents of the Sabbath Schools in the Toronto City Circuits, the Ministers and Preachers residing therein, and the Chair- man of the Toronto District. , .,., .,, ,. ^ mu ^^^i> i^ ^^-:.i^.. ^ Article VII. ■ ' ^ -^ '• ^-■•""' ' The Annual Meeting of the Society shall be held at the time and place the Board of Managers may appoint, ■"WHS noK, coHsnTunoH or thx bundjlt school waaoL 81f ject of this nch of the evening of Ministers, and Super- boundaries, dent of the ■I' A.ssociation, suits, as the ;enth of all 1 Treasurer. a President, 3nce for the ted by the itendents of Hreuits, the d the Chair- 'i''i' be held at lay appoint. when the Secretary shall submit the Annual B^rt of the Board, and the Treasurer exhibit a certified state- ment of the accounts ; and the election of the officers for the ensuing year take place. : »<■ Sabbath School Society and Schools, «* Each Quarterly official Meeting of the Circuit or Mission, or the Leaders' Meeting, shall have the super- vision of all Sunday Schools, and Sabbath School Societies within its bounds. * It is earnestly recommended that the Wesleyan Cate- chisms, the Sunday-School Hymn Book, and the Libra- ries, published and issued under the sanction of Confer- ence be used in all our Schools. ' •'^*' '^'^^^-' CONSTITUTION L ' ■ ' -...a ■-- . {For a Single School.) , Art. This Society shall be called The Sunday School Society, or Committee of Management of the "'■ ** Auxiliary to the Sunday School Union of the Wesleyan Methodist Church, and connected with the Quarterly Official Meeting of „ ,^ f^'^.i:,i.,^m Circuit or Mission. « ^ It shall consist of the Officers, Teachers, and Visitors, together with the Ministers and the Preacher, who shall, by virtue of office, be honorary members. * ) T .T' /. M\'. ! \f> 218 oonsTiTunoii of tas mmAt seftoot YtmbK. ** Mf. tl. The object of this Society ahall be to sus- tain a Sabbath School at Art. HI. The Officers of this Society shall b^'a Saperintendent, Assistant Superintendent, Secretary, Treasurer, and Libratiatt, who shall be elected annually on ' Abt. IY. Teachers and Visitors may be nominated by the Superintendent on their entering the School, and elected by the Society one month subsequently. Art. y» Regular meetings of Uiis Society shall be held on kfr^ j..^,%:r .^[r^?^"^ '.^-_-r.v:^.-rriv.v>t> <*.':: J,.-,.-.:^-^ month, for the transaction of such business as relates to the interests of the Society and School, at which the following order shall be observed : — 1. Singing and prayer ; 2. Calling roll ; 3. Bead- ing minutes ; 4< Unfinished business ; 5. Reports from Committees ; 6. Reports from Superintendent ; 7. Re- ports from Treasurer; 8. Reports from Librarian; 9. Reports from Visitors; 10. Reports from Teachers; 11. Miscellaneous. . . , r \^ .. AlEiT. VI. At all meetings for busineds, shall constitute a quorum. ' ' - ■> Art. VII. Special Meetings of the Society may be tailed by the Superintendent, or any three of the mem- bers. ^ - 'M^.v,.,.:,.: .^v».„.. Art. Till. All appointments to offices shall be : J1 -!^' [tt\ .j;,. V- 1 be to SUA- shall be a Secretary, be elected nominated School, and itiy. ety shall be as relates to ; which the ; 3. Bead, leports from entj 7. Re- brarian ; 9. t Teachers; !'l) .'■^Jkf-'V'' ety may be of the mem- BS shall be coittTimxojp or irp> lu^l^AT i^cgoc^ umos^ ^11 subject to the approval of the Leaders* Meeting, or the Quarterly Official Meeting of the Circuit or Mission* Art, IX. No person shali be permitted to retain his situation, as Officer, or Teacher, whose moral charactert or religious opinions, shall render him in the opinion of the Committee, the Leaders' Meeting, or of the Quar- terly Official Meeting of the Circuit or Mission, unfit for such situation. /?•! C»a} ilf) j^ CONSTITUTION IL . (for a Circuit). Where there are several Schools under' the Matfogemtnt qfone Committee, ■,»<»,••.' J, .,«S » is iul- ARTICLE I,— Denomination. This Society shall be denominated *^ The Wesleyan Methodisl Sabbatft ^ohopji ^pciety '^ ^ fhe ^irpui^ o;p Mission* ' ' , ART. IL^CONSTITUTION. T It shall consist of the Ministers and tra?elllng Preach- ers of the Circuit, of the Officers and Teachers of the several schools, and of all persons paying annually tbo sum of v^^. ;- upwards, in aid of its funds* ART. Ill* — Management. The Management of this Society shall be vested in the Miniii^eirfl on the Cirouit, (tli^ Superintendept being i: ' i, i i ' r m , J ; »;>«; ■" t> ^ ' ( 1 220 cONSTiruTXOM or thb sundat school union. President, and his oolleagnes Vice-Presidents of the Society,) the Treasurer, Auditors, General Secretary, Committee, the Superintendents, General Visitors, and Local Secretaries of the Schools. • ' 'tmQ 9kii>r ART. IV.— Anniversary. The Anniversary Meeting of this Society shall he held on the in with power 1st. To receive the Annual Report of the Committee, and, when advisahle, sanction its puhlication. ^ 2nd. To appoint a Treasurer, two or more Auditors, ard a General Secretary for the ensuing year, who shall he ea^offldo Members of the Committee of Management 3rd. To appoint a Committee of Management, one half of whom shall he appointed by the respective Leaders' Meetings, from the list of Subscribers, (who shall be members of the Church or congregation,) and one-half by the respective Teachers' Meetings. The relative proportion of each School shall be subject to the annual revision of the Committee of Management previous to the Anniversary Meeting. 4th. To make any alterations in the Constitution of this Society which may be recommended by the Com- mittee, with whom all such alterations must originate. !t 1 .; CONSTITUTION OF THE SCNBAT SCHOOL UNION. 221 5tli. No person shall be permitted to retain bis situa- tion as Officer, Member of the Committee, or Teacheri whose moral character, or religious opinions, shall ren- der him unfit for such situation in the opinion of the Committee, the Leaders' Meeting, or the Quarterly Official MeetinfiT of the Circuit. ^ ART. V. — Committee Meetings. ■ The Committee shall meet at least once a quarter, in the months of and oflener, if required by three of its members, with the concurrence of the President, or one of the Vice-Presidents, and five shall form a quorum for the transaction of business. The duties of the Committee tihall he : 1st. Annually (on the first meeting after their own appointment or re-appointment) to appoint Superiu" tendents for the Schools (members of the Wesleyan Methodist Church), and one or more General Visitors, y 2nd. To change or'^Wmove any of the Officers or Teachers of the Schools when deemed advisable or •a' t :^ '\ ! i • ;rii,t necessary. 3rd. To raise all necessary funds for the Schools. ^^ 4th. To disburse the funds according to the require- ments of each School. 5th. To relinquish existing Schools, and establish new ones, as may be deemed expedient. «. ^rf^ 5Si u ^Cv / 992 eOVBTITUTIOM Of TBS SUKDAT SCHOOL UNION. 6th. To ^ up vacancies amongst themselves, when any occur, agreeable to the proportions hereinbefore mentioned. 7th. To exercise in all respects a vigilant control over the Institution : provided, however, that they shall not introduce ^any other regulations than such as tend to conform the management of the schools to the general system which may from time to time be recommended by »he Conference. AH the Superintendents and Visitors shall retain their respective offices after the Anniversary Meeting of the Society, until their succes- sors are appointed; but until such appointment or fe-appointment^ they shall not be considered as members of the Committee of Management. , . 8(h, All i^pointments to offices shall be subject to Ihe approval of the Leaders' Meeting, or Quarterly Official Meeting of the Circi^it ^ 9th. This Committee shall l^ave power to decide all questions referred them firom ftt Teachers* Meetings. ART. VI.— General Meetinos. There shall be a (General Meeting of the Committee, Superintendents, Visitors, Local Secretaries, Officers and Teachers of all the Schools in July and January in each year, in order to converse on the state of the Schools, to contribute for mutual instruction the result ../ '■'-■'. MIOK. CONSTITUflON OF TUB SUHP4Y SCHOOL UVIOM. 2dft elves, when lereinbefore »■«.■ eontrol over )y shall not as tend to the general commended indents and w after the heir succos- intment or as members i subjeet to r Quarterly to decide all Meetings. ^ "'i '/ Oommittee, [es, Officers January in state of the m the result of individual experience in methods of teaching, and to encourage each other in zeal and perseverance. The General Secretary and Superintendents to mak« arrangements for sUoh meotini^. ART. VII. — General Secretary, The General Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Committee and Society, to take minutes of the pro- ceedings. He shall give due notice of the periodical* special and ac^ourned meetings of the Committee and Society. He shall prepare the annual report for the approval of the Committee. He shall sign all orders on the Treasurer for monies ; and to his order alone is the Treasurer authoriied to pay the monies of thd Society, he giving no such order without the authority of the Committee. He shall purchase, under the direction of the Coot- mittee, the books, &c., necessary for the use of the schools, and distribfflBhem to the several schools as the Committee may fflHct ART, VIII.— Treasurer, i The Treasurer shall receive and pay out the funds of the Society, under the direction of the Committee of Management He shall give a written account of all receipts, and of all expenditures for the Society at the Annual Meeting, or when required by the Committee. v?* t, ic t,-,.- I ■ ill! 724 twe or orffcKffs akd texcuzM, ii * ■ -'li ART. IX. All Libraries now existingi or which may hereafter he procured^ shall be considered the property of the So^ eiety, and at the disposal of the Committee; and no books shall be admitted into the respective Libraries until approved by the Committee, or by such persons as they may appoint for that purpose* On the Duties of Officert, Teachersy and SchoIart4 ART. I. — Superintendent. It shall be the duty of each Superintendent to preside at all meetings of the Teachers and Officers of his respective school, unless the President or one of the Vice-Presidents shall be present. To open and dose, or cause to be opened and closed, the school with singing and prayer ; the time occupied in closing each school not to exceed fifteen minute^^o admit children, and arrange the classes ; enforc^j^B rules for the main- tenance of order ; and direct ana assist the teachers in the discharge of their duties. To maintain a vigorous administration of every department of the School*, and to see that everything is conducted in a manner become ing the Sabbath and the house of God. Where a school is so small as not to require the attendance of a Local Secretary, the Superintendent shall discharge the duties of that office. f < . DUTY or orriCEiis and tiiaciiiusi :225 AR'n II.— Visitors. It shall be the duty of the Visitors to attend rcgu» larly every Sabbath ; to observe the stale of the schools with reference to order, attendance, &c.; to give such advice and encouragement to the Superintendents and Teachers as to them may seem advisable ; and to report the result of their observations at each meeting of the Committee. In case of the neglect, resignation, removal, or death of a Superintendent, they shall haVe power to call a special meeting of the Committee to appoint a person in his place* Bt-LAWS. ^>-.^ ^»v.vtv No. I.— Tkachers' Mbbtinqs. There shall be a Monthly Meeting for each School of all the Officers aa,d Teachers in connection there* with — five of wholjHpill form a quorum — to transact all business connected with the management of the School. This meeting shall have authority to make rules and regulations for its own government, subject to revisal by the General Committee, or Quarterly Official Meeting of the Circuit, as well as to recom- mend to the said Committee such general rules and regulations for the government of their School as tbf?y *r. Y , S2« i>tnir oT orficfiRS and TfiAcafins. may from time to time deem advisable. Each Teachers' Meeting shall appoint, if necessary, one or tnore Local Secretaries, Librarians, and Absentee Visitors. No change in the appointment or re-ap« pointment of Officers to be made ejtcept at a regulaif monthly meeting, or special meeting, notice having been given of the ele'ction. Ko. II. — Local Secretary. The duties of the Local Secretary shall be, , 1st. To keep a record of the proceedings of each Meeting, attend the Quarterly Meetings 'of the Com* mittee) tead all the Minutes made at the Teachers* Meetings, and report the state of the School to the Committee when required. All wants of the Schools must be made knoWu to the Committee through these Minutes. 2nd. To take proper care offUpbooks used in the ?3chool, and renew the class-books when necessary. 3rd. To make any Minutes that m-ny be deemed Useful, under the direction of the Superintendent, and to record any interesting circum^ tances connf^cted with the School, 4th. To give notice of the Monthly Teachers' Meet* ings, Prayer Meetings, and collections to be taken up, hXrfT OP OFFtCBRS AND TEACHERS. 227 \'<' % to report to the monthly meetings the absence of each officer and teacher from the School, to furnish the preacher in charge quarterly or annually with the statistics of the Sunday School, according to the form published by the Sunday School Union in its Annual Report. There shall be no books or papers sold, nor Teachers' Meetings held, on the Sabbath day. > No. III. — LlBOARIAN. The duties of the Librarian shall be to take charge of the Library, and the Periodicals of the School, subject to such regulations as the Society or Commit- tee may adopt, to distribute the Books to the Teachers of the respective classes, who shall deliver them to the children, and he shall cause all books to be marked and numbered. No. IV.^«!;yiSITORS OP AbSBNTEES. " ^v The duties of the Absentee Visitors shall be, to be present at the opening of the Schools for the purpose of ascertaining what scholars are absent, and to pro ceed to their residences and to inquire the cause. They shall also invite other children to attend as scholars. . f-. No. V. — Teachers, ' . . The duties of the Teachers shall be, ■* ' .*' :S-: l! I M 228 DUTY OF OFFICERS AND TEACHERS. .1, To be punctually at the head of their respective classes at the opening of the School, and not to leave them or converse with each other during school hours, except on necessary school-business ; and in all things to pay respectful attention to the wishes and author- ity of the Superintendent ; also to visit the absentees of their respective classes, and attend all Teachers' Meetings for business and prayer. 2. To preserve order in their several classes ; to permit no scholar to go out without a sufficient reason; and to report promptly to the Superintendent every violation of the above regulations for scholars. 3. To make all possible exertions to promote the general objects of the school ; to visit their scholars at their homes, especially when sick or absent j to re- port to the Society or Teachers* Meeting the state of their classes and the names Qf absentees ; and to secure in the highest practicable^ degree the advance- ment of their scholars, both in knowledge and pietv. 4. To instruct, according to their ability, the chil- dren under their care in all moral and religious knowledge. To question them on the reading and other lessons, to see whether they understand them, to inculcate upon them the necessity of loving God, and being obedient to their parents and other i / DUTY OF SCHOLARS. 229 respective [t to leave (ool hours, all things id author- I absentees i'eachers' lasses; to nt reason; lent every irs. ■omote the scholars at nt ; to re- le state of J; and to 3 advance- nd piet; ', the chii- religious iding and md them, ''ing God, ud other superiors. To point out to them the way of salvation as revealed in the Gospel of Christ, and endelivour to make them acquainted with all that Christians ought to know and practice. . ^ ^j^^ 5. To give one month's notice to the Teachers* Meeting in writing, or otherwise, previous to leaving the School, except prevented by some unforeseen circumstances. 6. In case of sickness or unavoidable absence, to provide a proper substitute, or to give early notice to the Superintendent or Secretary. , . ,^ 7. Teachers absenting themselves for three suc- cessive Sundays, shall be seen, or written to, by the Secretary, when, if no satisfactory reason be given for the same, their connection with the School shall be considered to have ceased. ^m ','.1*- No. VI.— Scholars. The duties of Scholars shall be, 1. To be regular in attendance, and punctually present at the hour appointed to open School. 2. To rise and stand during singing, and to kneel and preserve perfect order during prayer. 3. To pay a stiict and respectful attention to what- ever the Teacher or Superintendent shall say or request. im 230 DUTY OF SCHOLARS. ^Rjs I 1 (■ ■;l; il 'II ■IT'-' I M 4. To avoid all wbisporing, laughing, and other improper conduct. 5. To remain in their seats until the school is regu- larly dismissed. In case of necessity, permission to retire may be granted by the teacher. "^ 6. Immediately affcer the school shall be dismissed » to attend public worship, or to retire to their respective places of abode. In no case will they be permitted to stand around the doors or windows. 7. Ko one shall be considered a scholar until his or her name is reported to the Superintendent, and duly registered by the Secretary. All scholars are ex- pected to remain in the classes to which they are assigned until the Superintendent shall make or consent to a change. No. VII.— Dismissal. They shall be dismissed orderly under the direction of the Superintendent. No. VIII. — School Hours. ' The morning school, when held, shall commence at and dismiss at The afternoon School shall commence at the dose not later than * * CONSTITUTION OF THB TRACT SOCIETY. 281 No. IX. — Reading By-Laws. The By-Laws relating to the duties of Teachers and Children shall be read at the close of the school* at least once in three months. I- *'* * i ■* ' » i- ■' .,..-i ). . It..- 1 ( ! f'"- 232 CONSTITUTION OP THE TRACT SOCIETY. -y \\i>,. "v^ Section VII. Constitution op the Religious Tract Society op THE Wesletan Methodist Church in Canada. I. This Society shall be designated the Tract So- ciety of the Wesleyan Methodist Church in Canada, for the more general Diffusion of Religious Knowledge. II. This Society shall consist of all persons con- tributing annually to its funds the sum of one dollar and upwards ; and the payment of ten dollars at any one time, shall constitute a subscriber a member for life. III. The business of the Society shall be conducted by a Committee, consisting of the President and Co- Delegate and the Secretary of the Conference, the Superintendent of Missions, the Book-Steward, the Editor, and all other Wesleyan Ministers stationed in the City of Toronto, together with twenty-tour other gentlemen, subscribers to the funds of the Society connected with the Wesleyan community, two-thirds of whom shall be members of the Wesleyan Church. IV. The President of the Conference shall be the President of this Society, and all the other Wesleyan Ministers in Toronto the Vice-Presidents of the same. V. The lay-members of the Committee, together with the Secretaries and Treasurer, shall be annually CONSTITUTION OF TnE TBACT SOCIETY. 233 Society of Canada. 8 Tract So- in Canada, Knowledge, ersons con- P one dollar lars at any nember for 5 conducted nt and Oo- ■erence, the eward, the tationed in -four other ie Society two-thirds in Church. ball be the Wesleyan the same. together annually appointed at the Anniversary meeting of the Society, which shall be held in the City of Toronto, on the second Monday in December, or at such other time aa the Committee of Management may direct. ^ ^ VI. The President, and in his absence, the C^ Delegate, shall preside at all che meetings of the Society. In the absence oi both the President and the Co-Delegate, then the senior Vice-President shall preside — the seniority takiQg the precedence shall be ministerial seniority. .•: -,« ^ VII. The Committee, seven of whom ©hall form % quorum for the transaction of business, shall, if prac- ticable, meet quarterly, and a special meeting may* at any time be called by the President, Depositoi^, or any of its members : such call to be made through the Secretary, who shall notify all the members of the Committee of such special meeting, aa well as pf the regular quarterly meetings. ...•,. ^ r VIII. The Tracts circulated by this Society shall be published in the Wesleyan Book Eo^enis ix\ London, United States, and Canada. IX. One-fourth of the profits obtained by the sale of tract? in the different auxiliaries and Branch Societies shall be annually transmitted to the Parent Society in the City of Toronto, to aid in the publica-* tion and issue of the tracts. >' i- ; kjj: >vt '1: id Ih :;5 ^^ J 284 C05STITUTI0lf OF THE TBACT SOCIETY. ' X. Each member shall be entitled to receive, gratis, tracts to the amount of one-half of his annual or other subscription and donation. - ».. ' . XI. The Wesleyan Book Room in Toronto shall be the Depository for all the issues of the Society. , XII. The Constitution shall not be altered, except by the Annual Meeting, on the recommendation of the Committee, and subject to the approval of the Conference. - -i • . - XIII. All meetings of the Society shall be opened and closed with prayer. ■%m^ :>>• Constitution op the Auxiliary op the Tract Society op the W. M. Church in Canada. L This Society shall be designated the Auxiliary of the Tract Society of the Wesleyan Methodist Church in Canada. II. This Auxiliary Society shall consist of all per- sons contributing annually to its funds the sum of fifty cents and upwards ; and the payment of five dollars at any one time shall constitute a member for life. III. The business of this Auxiliary Society shall be conducted by a Committee, consisting of the Superintendent of the Circuit and his colleagues, together with twelve other gentlemen, subscribers to STY. COKSTITUTIOH OF THB TRACT lOGIETY. 286 Bceive, gratis J nual or other •onto shall be Society. tered, except nendation of roval of the all be opened LRT OF THE IN Canada. I the [le Wesleyau ist of all per- \ the sum of nent of five e a member >ociet7 shall Jting of the \ colleagues, ibscribers to the funds of the Society, and connected with the "Wes- leyan Community, two-thirds of whom shall be mem- bers of the Wesley an Church. ' ^ : '. '^' IV. The Superintendent of the Circuit shall be President of this Auxiliary Society, and his colleague Vice-President of the same. V. The lay-members of the Committee, together with the Secretary and Treasurer, shall be annually appointed at the anniversary meeting of this Auxiliary Society, which shall be held on the last Monday in July or at such other time as the Committee of Man- agement may direct. ' ; ! /;V. * VI. The President, and in his absence, the Vice- President, shall preside at all the meetings of this Auxiliary Society. ^ VII. The Committee, five of whom shall form a quorum for the transaction of business, shall meet quar- terly, viz : in the months of October, January, April , and July, and special meetings may, at any time be called by the President, or any three of its members ; such call to be made through the Secretary, who shall notify all the members of the Committee of such special meet- ing, as well as of the regular quarterly meetings. VIII. The Tracts circulated by this Auxiliary Society shall be those sold by the Wesleyan Book Room, Toronto. IX. An Annual Report of the state of this Auxiliary shall be transmitted to the Corresponding Secretary of 286 CONSTITUTION OF THE TRACT SOCIETY. the Parent Society in Toronto, by the end of tho second week in Novenibor. X. One-fourth of the profits obtained by the sale of tracts in this Auxiliary shall be annually transmitted to the Parent Society in the City of Toronto, to aid the Society in the publication and issue of free tracts. XI. Each member shall be entitled to receive, gratist tracts to the amount of one- half of his annual or other subscription and donation. XII. This Constitution shall not be altered, except at the Annual Meeting, on the recommendation of the Committee^ and in no case shall there be any deviation from the principles of the Constitution of the Parent Society. . . XIII. All meetings of this Auxiliary Society shall be opened and closed by prayer. . 't'' . f\ -«,, (.,;., K U '- ' iTY. of tho second »y the sale of r transmitted to, to aid the tracts. soeive, gratis, nual or other Iteredy except dation of the njr deviation f the Parent Society shall MODEL DEED. , ) PBBAKBLr. -..,,..» ,■, Sftto Snticnturc, made th« twentj-fourth day of ICay, In the year of cm Lord, one ihouBand eight bandred and fifty, between Jo$tph Bttar, of tho Tillage of Yorkville, in the county of York, in the Heme Oiatriot and Pro- Tinee of Canada, Gentleman, of the first part : Sarah Bloor^ wife of the said Joseph Bloor of the name place, of the second part ; and Jamt$ WaUi$f of the Tillage of YorkTille, aforesaid, Blacksmith ; Qtorgt BattUon WkiU^ of the same place. Builder ; Joteph^Bloor, of the same place, Qentleraan ; Qt»rgt Revitl, of the same plac^. Sexton ; Bartholomeio Bullj of the town- ship of York, V eonian ; Oeorft Roteell, of the city of Toronto, Brewer ; Richard JVuodtuorth, of the »atne place. Builder ; Richard Yat*$t of the same place, Grocer ; and Richard HaatingB, of the same place. Merchant } members of the Wealeyan Methodist Church in Canada, in oonnexion wUk the English Conference,.TRVSTKEB for the purpose hereinafter set forth,^of the third part : Wbbbbab, in and by an act of ParliamentTbf Upper Canada, passed in the ninth year of the reign of His late Majesty King George the Fourth, entitled •« An Act for the Belief of the Religions Societies therein mentioned," it la enacted, that whencTer any Religious Congregation or Society of Methodists [and other denominations mentioned in the said Act,l shall haTe oeoaslon to take a conTeyaoce of Land, for the site of a Church, Meeting-House, or Chapel, or a Buryiog-Oround, it shall and may be lawful for them to appoint Trustees, to whom, and their succeHsors to he appointed In such manner aa shall be specified in the Deed, the requisite land for all or any of the purpo. les aforesaid, (not exceeding fiye acres for any one Congregation,) may be eonyeyed, and such Trustees, and their successors in perpetual succesaion, by the name expressed in such Deed, shall be capable of taking, holding, and possessing such Land, and of commencing and maintaining any aotiona in Law or Equity, for the protection thereof and of their right thereto : And whbrbas, by a certain otiier Act of the Parliament of Upper Canada, the assent or Her Majesty whereto was promulgated in this Prorinee in the fifth year of Her Majesty's reign, after in part reciting the abOT<>*mentloned Act, it is amongst other things enacted, That so much of the said Act as limits the powers of the several denominations mentioned in the said Act to the quantity of Five Acren, and to the purposes for which Lands shall be held, should be, and the same was thereby repealed ; and that the bOTeral Religious Societies mentioned in the said Act should and "■ re thereby au- thorized to hold lands lu the manner specified in the said Act for the support of public worship and the propagation of Cliriotiaa knowledge, as well aa for the purposes mentioned in tho said Act, anything in the Statutes, com- monly called the Statutes of Mortmain, to the contrary notwithstanding : And whbreas, a Religious Congregation or Society of Methodists haTe occasion and are desirious to take a conTeyanco of the Lands and Premiaes A \ •^ p 288 MODEL DEED. PRBAICILK, UiriOlf WlTa'BirOLIIH CONnRBirO*. hereby conveyed, for the purposes authorized by the sold Acts, and have appointed the Trustees herein abov « named by the name of the " Trustbis or THK WsaLKYAN MiTBODisT Ghuroh IN CANADA," of YorlcTilJe, in the Township of York, in the Hvme District, and Province of Canada : And Whbrbas, in order the better to understand the intent and meaning of these pre^ients, it is desirable briefly to recite the origin and formation ot the said Wesleyan Methodist Church 'Jn CaniMia, in counexionwith the Eogliih Conference ; (that Is to say), In ur.about the year one thousand seTcn hundred and ninety, certain Min* isters or Preachers of the Oopsel, being members of New Yoric Conference of the Methodist Episcopal Church in the United States of Ametica, were ordained and sent by the Revereud Francis Asbury, one of the Bishops of said Cbureh, into rarions parts of Canada, where they preached the Oospel of our Lord Jesus ChriNt, and united in Clashes and Reiigioun Societies, Ruch Pirsoos as professed faith in the doctrinen taught by ,^ the said MinisKrs or reachers, and adherence to the Rules and Discipline of the said Metbodist £pi!f the •• Trusthh YorkvUle, in the Canada : tent and meaning -1 and formation of )nnexlon_with the nety, certain Min- York Conference of America, were of the Bishops of reached the Gospel )Ufi Societies, nuch said Mioisversor he said Methodist aties continued to daly organized in lances of God by enteen, certain said Province, ing Ministers tbodists," in Eng. writing under the Liiioio College, bearing date on or even hundred and d in His Majesty's farch. in the year ed Methodists, is he name of •« The united in Classes ince as members aid English Con. renty, an arrange- 'ereoce of the said rica, and the Faid Conference were I the persons uu- e Societies under hodist Episcopal iity*four,arrange- of the said Min- inference," under ethodist Episco- twenty-eighty, in VKION WITH KKOMRH CONrCRENCB. (ompliance with a nieinori.il from the said Canada Conference, addressed to the BiHhops and Membern of the (jeneral Couferenc*' of the said Methodist Episcopal Church in the United States of America, the Ministers composing the said Conferenco, were authorized by tlie said General Conference to form themselves and their b^ocietieii under their passoral care into an independent Church in Canada : And a Church was accordingly constituted, having the style and title of the < MethodiHt EpiNconal Church in Canada ;" Thence- forward, the MiniHters of the said Methouiot Episcopal Church in Canada, continued to meet together in Conference annually, and in the year one thousand eight hundred and thirty-two, proposals were made for a Union between the said Conference in Canada and the English Conference, for the purpose of concentrating their joint efforts for the spread of true religion throughout the Province ; And, after mature consideration and negotiation upon the matters involved in the said proposals, Articles of Union were agreed upon by the said English Confeience and the Conference of the Math, odist Episeopal Church in Canada, and ratified in York, (now the City of Toronto), in Upper Canada, by an instrument in writing, bearing date the second day of October, one thousand eight hundred and thiity-three, and signed on behalf of the said Conference in Canada, by Egerton Ryerson, and on behalf of the said English Conference by George Marsden : in connexion with the establishment of the said Union, the appointment to the oflBee of Bishop (no Bishop having been ordained in or ror the said Church,) was made annual, according to the provisions i the Discipline of said Church, and as contemplated in the said Articles of Union : And also, a diange was made in certain portions of the DlRcipline of the said Church in Canada, In order to assimilate them more nearly to the economy and usages of the Parent Body, under the direction of the English Conference : In consequence of these arrangements and alterations, the style and title of the said Methodist Episcopal Church in Canada, was changed : and the said Church in Canada was desi((nated, " The Wesleyan Methodist Church in British North Auieiica," which style and title was again changed in the J ear one thousand eight hundred and thirty-four, to that of " The Wesleyan [ethodist Church in Canada : Certain misunderBtandings which occurred between the English Conference and the tiaid Conference in Canada, in or about the year one thousand eight hundred and forty occasioned a temporary suspension of the practical operation Of the Union, effected as above recited, until in the year one thousand eight hundred and forty-seven, mutual arrange- ments were made between the suid Conference in Canada, and the English Conference, to restore their unanimity of action in carrying on the work of God in the said Province: As the basis of this arransement, certain Articles of Settlement and Re-Union were agreed upon by the said Confer- ences ; which articles were adopted by the Conference of the Wesleyan Methodist Church in Canada, at their annual meeting begun in Toronto aforesaid, on the second day of June, in the year one thousand eight hun- dred and forty-seven, and which Articles are printed in the Book of Discipline of the said Church : Now, therefore, the Conference of the Wesleyan Methodist Church In con- nexion with the English Conferences is and shall be held and taken by these presents to be, for all the intents and purposes herein contained, and for all the intents and purposes of any other deeds and instraments, whether at law « I ■ ■ , '1 ■ j ■ ' 1 ! '.■■■>; 1 i i"l f n 'I 240 MODEL DEED. DKaORlPTlON or LAMM, AO. or ia eqnttj, io which reference sbnll be made to this Indenture, composed of tuch ordained Ministers of God's word ns now are, and so long as thej shall continue to be, in accordanc*^ with the Rules and Discipline thereof, mciubers in full connexion T>iththe Conference of the Wesleyan MethodUt Ob arch in Canada, and of such ordained Ministers of God's word as now ftire, and so long as they shall be members in fall connexion with the said English Conference, and are appointed to CIrcnitn nr Stations, or Offices in Canada, bj the said Conference m Canada, and of such ordained Ministers of God's word as shall be from time to time and at all tinuert hereafter admit, ted into and continued in full c jnnezion with the said Conference in Canada, and of such ordained Ministers of God's word as shall be and continue to be in full connexion with the said Eng|ii>h Conference, and shall be appointed to Circuits or Stations, or.Offlces in Canada, at any of the yearly meetingi of the said Conference in Canada, according to the Rules and Discipline of the said Wesleyan Methodist Shurch in Canada, which are now in force, or which may from time to time and at all times hereafter be establisl ed by the said ConfiBrenee of the Wesleyan Methodist Church in Canada, with th« consent and approval of the said English Conference : NOW, THIS mOB^iTURE WITNESSETH, that the said Joseph Bloor, for and in consideration ol the sum of Fifty Pounds, of lawful money of Canada, to him io hand paid by the said Trostees at or before the sealing and dellyery of these Presents, (the receipt whereof is hereby acknowledged,) HATR glTcn, granted, bargained, sold, assigned, released, conveyed, and con* firmed, and by these Presents doth give, grant, bargain, sell, assign, release, convey and confirm, unto the said Trustees by the name aforesaid, and to their successors, to be appointed as hereinafter specified, all that Parcel or Tract of Land and Premises situate, lying and being in the said village of Yorlcville, In the township of York, in the county of York and Province aforesaid, containing by admeasurement eleven hundred and fifty-five super* ficial square vards, be the same more or less ; and which said Parcel or Tract of Land is butted and bounded, or may be otherwise known and de* scribed aa follows: that is to say,— being composed of part of Lot number Twenty in the second concession from the Bay, commencing where a post baa been planted on the Mortli side of Jarvis Street, and at a distance or one hundred and thirty.two feet easterly from the East side of Yonge Street, thence North seventy-four degrees East, forty-seven feet, thence North six. teen degrees West, seventy.one and a-half feet, thence South seventy-four degrees V^est, forty-seven feet, thence South sixteen degrees Bast, seventy- one and a-half feet, be the said distances more or less to the place of begin- ning, containing by admeasurement three thousand three hunnred and sixty and a.haIfHupet ficial feet, be the same more or less : Together with all and singular the buildings, messuages, tenements, hereditaments, and appurten- ances whatsoever to the said Parcel or Tract of Land and premises beiongioe, or in any wise apper^nin!Jg, ur accepted, reputed, talien, or known in part, parcel, or member thereof, or of any part thereof, with their and every of their appurtenances, and the reversion and reversions, remainder and rp- maioders, yearly and other rents, issues and profits thereof; and all the estate, right, title, interest, inheritance, use, trust, property, possession, claim, and demand whatsoever, both at law and in equity of him tl^e said party of the first part, in, to, oiit of and upon, the said premises, and MODEL DEED. 241 Tndenture, eompoaed and so long an they id Discipline thereof Weslejan Methodiat r God's word as now nexion with the said Stations, or Offices In b ordained Ministers inuort hereafter admit. Conference in Canada, be and continae to be d shall be appointed the yearly meetingi lies and Discipline of ch are now in force, fter be establis) ed by I in Canada, with the » said Joseph Bloor, , of lawful money of or before the sealinr ereby acicnowledged,) L conveyed, and con- L sell, assign, release, [ime aforesaid, and to ed, all that Parcel or in the said village of York and Proyince I and fifty-five super* ^hich said Parcel or wise known and de- part of Lot qnmber teacing where a post I at a distance or one ide of Yonge Street, it, thence North six. » South seventy.foar ?grees East, serenty- the place of tiegin- ie hunnred and sixty ogether with all and (lents, and appurten- premises belongin?, , or known in pari, 1 their and every of , remainder and re. tiereof ; and all the 'roperty, possessioD, lity of him t^e said said premiees, and ...--«* .... . ,.„ ygpgT^ uj^T0R« or, " . ■ - .i.»'-. •reiy part and parcel thereof, with their, and every of their appnrtenancea : To HAVK AXD TO HOLD the said Parcel or Tract of Land and Premisee, with all the'appurtenances thereunto belonging or in any wise appertaining, TO the USB of the said parties of the third part, and their successors in the Raid trust forever ; but upon the trusts, and to and for the intents and pur> poses, and with, and under, and subject to, the powers, provisoes, declara- tions, and agreements, in these presents expressed, declared, and contained, or referred to, of and concerning them or him for that purpose, ana aa lOon after the execution of these presents aa eonvooiently may t>e, erect and build upon the said parcel or tract of land, or u[)oa some part thereof and from time to time, and nt all times hereafter, whenever it shall be necessary for the due accompllBbment of the trusts of theae presentfi, or of any of them, repair, alter, enlarge, and rebuild a Church or place of Religious Worship, and a dwelling' house, or dwelling-housea, vestryroom or vestry-rooma, school-room, or school-rooms, and other offices, coGvenienoes, and appurten- ances, or any of them respectively, as, and in such manner as, the Trus. tees for the time being of these presents, shall, from time to time deem necessary or expedient : AND UPON roRTHBR TRUST, from time to tir je, and at all times after the erection thereof, to permit and sufiEer the said Church or place of Religious Worship with the appurtenanoesa, to be used, occupied, and enjoyed, as and for a place of religious Worship by a congregation of the Wesleyan Metho- dist Church in Canada in connexion with the English Conference as afore- said, and for public, and other meetings, and services, held according to the Rules and Discipline and general usage of the said Church ; and do and shall from time to time and at all times hereafter, permit and sufTer such person or persons as are hereinafter mentioned or designated, and such per- son and perons only, to preach, and expound God's holy word, and to per- form the usual acts of Religious Worsnip therein, and burial services In the Buryine-Ground thereto iMlonglng ; that is to say, such person and per- sons as shall be from time to time approved, and for that purpose duly ap- pointed, by the said Confarence of the said Wesleyan Methodist Church : and also snch other person or persons as shall be thereunto, from time to time duly permitted or appointed, (according to the Bnles and Discipline of the said Wesleyan Methodist Church,) by tbe Superintendent Minister for the time being, of the Circuit in which the said Church or place of Religious Worship, shall for the time being be situated ; and also such other person aad persons, as shall be thereunto frum time to time duly appointed, by any authority lawfully constituted by the said Conierence, to fill up any vacancy or vacancies, at any time occasioned by the death, removal or suspension, of a Minister or Ministers, in or during any interval, between the sittings of the said Conference, but only until the then next Conference, and in no ease any other person or persons whomsoever : And upon further trost, from time to time, and at all times bere- sfter, to permit and auffer such Minister or Ministers of the aforesaid Wesleyan Methodist Church in Canada, to reside in, use, occupy and enjoy, Hi: ! !.' V 11 *r' 24l2 MODEL DEED. •OHOOL, AND DWVbLIllO-HUVSBa^ AND M ANAClBllENT Or. free from the payment of any rent for the same, the dwel1ing'hous<>, or dwelling-houses, with the appuitenancef), (if any their be) erected tbereon for that purpose daring such time and times as tiie said Minister or Minig' ters shall and may be duly authorized so to do, by bis or their being ap- E Dinted by the Conference of the said Wesleyan Mt^tbodist Church in aoada» aeeording to the Rules and Discipline thereof, to the Circuit or Station in which the same may be situated, without the let, suit, hindrance or denial of the said Trustees, or of any person or persons on their or any •f their behalf: Ard. it li hereby declared, thnt, the Times and Manner of the various ser. Tice« and ordinances of Rnligioas Wou'^hip, to be observed and performed in the said place of Religious Worship, shall be regulated according to the iHules and Discipline and general usage of the said Methodist Church : and that the officiatingr Mioiiiter for tlie time being, whether appointed by the Mid CkMiibrence, or permitted or appointed b^ the said Superintendent Min- ister for the time being, or otherwise permitted or appointed aa in these presents is mentioned, shall have the direction and conducting of the sane wmrship, in conformity nevertlieless to the said Rules and Discipline aod general usage of the said Methodist Church ; Pbovideix always, that, no person or persons whomsoever, shall at any time hereafter, be permitted to preach or expound God's holy word, or to perform any of the usual acts of Religious Worship, upon the said parcel or traet of land and hereditaments, nor in the said Church or place of ReligiouB Worship and premises, or any of them, or any part or parts thereof, not in or upon ttie appurtenances thereto belonging, or any of them, or any part or parts thereof, who shall maintain, promulgate, or teach any Doc- trine, or Practice, contrary to what is contained in certain Notes on the New Testament, commonly reputed to be the Notes of the said John Wesley, and in the First Pour volumes ot Sermons, commonly routed to be written and published by him : And upov forthbr trust, in case a School-room or Sehool.roems ahalll be erected, or provided upon the said parcel or tract of land, or any part thereof, as aforenaid, or, if there shull be no seperate School room or School- rooms, and it shall by the Trustees for the time being, • f these presents, or the mi^or part of them, be thought necessary or expedient, to hold and teach a Sunday or other scliool or schools, in any proper part of the said Church or place of Religious Worship, then to permit and suffer a Sunday or other school or Rcbools, to bti held, conducted, and carried on.from time to time, in the School-room or School-rooms, or, if it shall be thought necessary or expedient as aioresaid, in the said Church or place of Religious Worship, •■aforesaid, but if in the said Church or place of Religious 'Worship, then only at such hours and times, as shall not interfere with the Public Worship of Almighty Ood therein : and in all places, whether in the said Church or {tiaoe of Religious Worship or not, under such government, orders, and regu- ations, as t' said Conference have directed or appointed, or shall hereafter firom time t" me direct or appoint ; and also, subject always, to the proviso hereinbefore contained respecting doctrines : Proviobd always, that, it nhall be lawful for the Trustees for the time being,, ol these presents, or the major part of them, when go often as they BMENT or. dwelling-house, or be) erected ttiereon id Minister or MiniB- Is or their being ap- utbodist Gburcu in L>f, to the Circuit or 16 let, suit, hindrance iOQs on their or any er of the various aer. ed and performed in ted according to the thodist Church : and er appointed by the Sofierintendent Min' ppointfii^ as in these iducting of the saine I and Diseiplioe and nsoever, aball at Mj d's holj word, or to >on the said parcel or orplaoeof Religioug >r parts thereof, nor any of them, or any , or teach any Doc tin Notes on the New lid John Wesley, and ed to be written and r Sehool-roema shall of land, or any put lool room or ^hool- < f these presents, or int, to hold and teach ; of the said Church "er a Sunday or other from time to time, in hought necepsary or ' Relijcious Worship, gioufl Worship, then the Public Worship the said Church or mt, orders, and reeu- )d, or shall hereafter ways, to the proviso rustees for the time len GO oft«n as they kO&fiL DSSfi. fijUjft ItORTQAGBfl, ROW KFFIOTBD, »RKB nXTB, KSNTS, AO. > " ih&II d^m ihe same npcesxary or expedient, to take down and remove the said (Jbnrch, yestrr room or vestry ^roomH, schooNroom or school -rooms, dwelling* house OT dweliing^hoases, offices, conveniences, or appurtenances to the said Church or place of Religions Worship and premises belonging, or appertain* log, or all, or any of them^ or any part or parts thereof, respectively, for the Krpose of re<.bnilding the said Church ot place of Religious Worship, or for ) purpose of building or re-building, any other ve8try>>room or ▼entry* rooms, school.room or school-rooms, dweUing»house or dwelling-houses, offloefl, conveniences) and appurtenances, or enlarging, or altering the same respectively^ or all, or any of them, so as to render the premises better adapted to, and, for the due acoomplfaihment of the urusto, intents, and par* poses, of these presents t And it is Ijcreby declared, that, from time to tinMe, and at all times here^ (fter, it shall and may be lawful to and for the Trustees, for the tfane being » ef these piesentSt or the major part of them, to mortgage, and for that pur* 1086 to appoint, convey, and assure, in fee, or for any termj or terms of years, he said parcel, or tract of land. Church, or place of Religious Worshipi hereditaments and premises, or any part or parts thereof, respectively, to any person or persons whomsoever, for securing such sum or sums of mi>ney, u may be requisite or necessary, in, or for, the due execution and aooom* piishment, of the trusts and purposes of these presents, or any of them, ae* cording to the true intent and meaning thereof ; Nevertheless it is hereby declared, that, no mortgage or mortgages, nor any disposition whatsoever by way of mortgage, shall at any time hereafter be made of the said Trust premitteB, or any of the parts thereof, under or by virtue of these presents. nnlesB such trortgage or mortgages, eball in the aggregate amount to, and eorer, the whole debt, or the aggregate amount of the whole of the debtiit which at the time of the execution of such mortgage or mortgages, siiall be due and owing, either legally or equitably, in respect, or on account ot, or in relation to, the said Trust premises, or from toe said Trustees, for th# time being, or any of them, for on account, or in respect of, the said Trust Premises, or some part or parts thereof, fcspectiTely, excepting only such debt and debts, as may then be accuring, due. for, or on account o^thi ordinary current expenses of the said Church or place ot Religious Wor* ihip and premises ; But it is hereby declared, that it shall not be incumbent upon any mortgagee or morigngeeit,, or upon any intended mortgagee ot mortgagees, of the said Trust premises, or any part or parts thereof, to in* qaire into the necessity, expediency, or property, of any mortgages, which ihall be made, or be proposed to be made, under or by virtue of these pre* ient8, or whether the same is, or are made, or intended to be made, for the whole amount of the debt, or of the aggregate amount of the debts, which shall be 80 due and owing as aforesaid ; Nor shall an^ thing in those presents con* tained, or which may be contained in any such mortgage or mortgages^ extend, or be construed to extend, unless where the Contrary shall, with the fall knowledge and consent of the said Trustees, for the time bc-ing. or th6 major part of them, be therein actually expressed to hinder, prevent, or make unlawful, the taking down, removing, enlarging, or altering, tne said buildings and premises, or any of them respectively, as in these presents before men* tioncd and provided for, in that behalf, nor in any manner to hinder, prevent or interfere with, the due execution of the Trusts or purposes of these presents, or any of them, so long as such mortgagee or mortgagees, hiS) her, or ihoir 344 ttdSiSL DiSKDt A .+ ■■ •••. -uf £ifA* TRV8TBE8, DITTIIB, Of, I K! I . >i hhirn, exeeutorB, administratora, and nRsigns, shall not be iu the actuAl bog* seMion, as sneh mortgagee or mortgngees, of tlie hereditamentR comprised, or to be comprised, in such mortgage or mortgages *. anyttiing in tuese preaenti odntained to the oontrary, in anywiee notwittistanding : And upom vdrtber trust, from time to time, and at all times hereafter to Let the pews and seats ia the eaid Churtih or place of Religious Worship, at a reasonable rent or reasonable rents, [leRerviog as many free aeata tor the poor, where, and as may be thought necessary or ezp< ''.ient,] and, if there shall be any sneh dwelling-house or dwe! ling-houses, 8C3l*room or school* rooms, or other building or buildings, or any of them, erected and built ai aforesaid, then to let the same, or any of them, [other than such as shall or may have been erected and built for or appropriated to the use and occupancjr of the Minister or Ministers duly appointed to the Circuit or Station in which the same shall be siiuated,3 at a reasonable rent^ or reasonable renti. and also, if there shall be a cemetery or bunaUgroUnd, to let graves and tombs, at a leasonable rent or reasonable rents, or to aeil graves and tombi, at a reasonable price or reasonable prices, and to collect, get in, and receive,) the rents, profits, and income, to arise in any manner from the said premises texcepting moneys which shall from time to time arise from collections and subscriptions duly made therein, according to the Rules and Discipline and general usage of the said Methodist Church, for other purposes, than for the immediate purposes of the said Trust estate,] as and when the same shall, from time to time, become due and payable, but not [excepting as to moneys from time to time, received for graves and tombs,] by way of anticipation, further than for the quarter or half-year, or year, as may be thought moit expedient t Provided always, that, when and so often as snoh dwelling'houRe or dwelline*houses as may have been erected for the express use of the Minig< ter or Ministers of the Circuit or Station, shall not be required for the use of such Ministers or Minister on account of his or their being unmarried or o therwise it shall and may be lawful for the said Trustees, bf and with the advice and consent of the Snperintendent Minister of the Circuit or Station, to let the same, and appropriate the rent arising therefrom towards paying and satisfying the board and lodging of such Minister or Ministers, or towardi Jtaying the rent for a niore suitable and convenient residence or residence! or such Minister or Ministers t And it is hereby declared, that, the Trustees and Trustee, for the time beiiig, of these pi'esents, shall stand and be possessed of the money, arislDg from the said rents, profits, and income, [except as aforesaid,] Ui>ox TRtTsT, thereout to pay, in the first place, such duties, taxes, rates, and other oui' goings, fif any,) as from time to time shall be layfully payable, in respect of the said premises, or any part or parts thereof i and also the coats, charges, and expenses of insuring, and keeping insured, the said trust premiseii, against loss or damage by fire, in such f>um or sums, as the said Triistcea, for the time being, or the major part of them, shall from time to time think proper or expedient, and in repairing and keeping the said trust.premises in good repair and condition : and likewise the interest nf all principal monejl orrowM, and then due and owing on security ol the said trust premises, of of any part or parts tliereof, by virtue of these presents ; and theo, to rataio be !u the atituftl ttog* ament« compri^ea, or ling in tiiese presenti • all times hereafter to r Religious Worship, many free seats tor p( ■'lent J anrt, if there s^:/3l-room or school* erected and built ai than such as shall or he use and occupancy Circuit or Station in tf or reasonable rents, nd, to let graves aod ill graves and tombi, t, get in, and receive,, ■oiu the said premises ! from collections aod es and Discipline and >atpose8, than for the when the same shall, ccepting as to moneji way of anticipation, nay bethought moit 3h dwelling'house or ees use of the Minis. required for the use ir being unmarried or stees, bf and with the :he Circuit or StatioD; sfrom towards paying r Ministers, or towarda tsiden^e or residencei Trustee, for the time af the money, arisiog tresaid,] Upox TRtJjT, rates, and other oul- ly payable, in respect .ISO the costs, charges, said trust premiser, as the said Trustees, tn time to time think Haid ti ust.premises id rail principal monejl aid trust premises, of ( ; and then, to retain IIOOBL SESD/ 24& nrMDS, HOW DiaroBBD ot, TRnsraa trbaborbk and rtsward, bow xv* POINTED, AMD THRIR DUTIES. to, and reimburse themselves respectively, all costs, chargel, and expeai^^ lawfully incurred and paid by them, in or about the due execution of the trusts of these presents, or any of them ; and in 'he next place, thereout ttf pay and discbarge the necessary coste, charges, and expenses, from time to time incurred, in cleaosing, warming, lighting, and attending to the said Church, or place of Religious Worship, and premises; and geneially, to liquidate any debts, costs, charges, iocuml>eranct;s, and expenees, at any time lawfully incurred under, or occasioned by, the due execution of the trust of these presents, or any of them, and not included in any of the pro* vieions aforesaid : And upoir purthrr trdbt, from time to time, to pay and apply any sur* plus money remaining after the due payment of all such lawful debts, costsi charges, incumbrvnces, and expenses as aforesaid, (but accordiog, and in eonformitv to^ the Rules and Dieeipline of the said Methodist Chnrch,) for or toward the support of the Minister or Ministers, for tbe time being, respectively appointed by the said Conference, or otherwise, as aforesaid, either in the Sircuit in which the said Chapel or place of Religious Wor' ship, shall for the time being, be situated, or In that and some other Circuit or Circuits, or in some other Circuit or Circuits only i or, for or towards the purpose of assisting or increasing tbe funds of any other Church or place of Religious Worship, or Churches or places of Religioua Worship, appropriated to the use of the said Methodist Church, or in build* Ing any new Church or place Religious Worship, or Churches or places of Religious Worship, for the ulc of Uie said Methodist Church, and which shall be settledfiipon aucb, or similar truftts, endft, intents, and purposes, as are in these presents mentioned ; or in Bubscribinsr, or givlDg, to any of the ?:eneral funds, objects, or charities, of the said Meinodist Church : or for, or nwards all, or anv of tbe purposes, objects, funds, or charities, hereinbefore mentioned. In such manner as tEe Trustees, for the time being, of these pre« sents, or the major part of them, shall, from time to time, think neceeaarj or expedient : And it is hereby declared, that, it shall be lawful for the Trustees, for ths time being, of these presents, or the major part of them, falthotigh there shall not then be any such surplus money as aforesaid,) from time to time, to Subscribe or Give, such sum or sums of Money, as they shall think neces' sary or expedient, and may be conveniently spared, firoui tte funds of the said Church or place of Religious Worship, for, or towards sU or any of the pur* poses, objects, funds, or charities aforesaid : And it is hereby declared, that it shall be lawful for the Trustees, for the time being, of these presents, or the major part of them, at any meeting to be conveneid and held as is hereinafter mentioned, from time to time, and at all times hereafter, at their discretion, to appoint any person or persons of decent and sober conduct and good reputation, to l)e a Steward or Stewards of the said Cbarch or place of Religious Worship, and at their will and pleasure, to remove and to dismiss such Steward or Stewardi;, or any of them 3 and tbe duty of the Steward and Stewards of the said Church or plaee of Religious Worship, shall be, to see and attend to, the orderly conducting of the secular businers and affairs of the said Church or place of Religions Worship, under the direction and eupeiintendenee, of the Trustees, for th« if p^ MODSL DBBDi I ;i ! i ■-■^ *" ' • AOOOOMTB, AMD HOW ADOITBO. ^« time beiog, of these preientH, or the mijor part of them : Aod also In like maoner to appoint anv proper person or persons, to be a Treasurer or Trea8> ttnn, of the rands of me said Charch or place of Rellgioas Worship and pre> mises« and at their Tfill and pleasure, to remove ana to diemiss euoh Treas* ttxer or Treasurersv or any of them t Ann it^ Is hereby declared, that the Tmstee or Trustees, for the times being, of these presents, shall^ themselTesi or by their Steward or Stewards, Treasurer or Treasurers, keep a Book or Books of Accounts, in which from time to-thneehall be plainly, legibly, and regularly entered, an account of fevery receipt and disbursement by them, bim or any of tbem received, or made, and also, of all debts and credits, due to, and owing from or in respect of, the eatd truet-premises, or any part or parts thereof^ and alio, of all other tSooaments, artide*, matters, and things, necessary for the due and full ex' planation and understanding of the same Book or Boohs of Accounts i and ahall also in like manner, keep a Book or Books of Minutes, in which, froiu time to time, shall be plainly, legibly and resularly entered Minutes of all Trustee Meetings, from time to time, held under, or by virtue of these pre<- aentfl, and of the reeolutions passed, and of all proceedings, acts, and buslneaf. Iiad, taken, and done thereat, and also of all documents, articles, matters, and -things, nrceesary for the due and fhll explanation an<^. understanding of the «ame Minutes, and all other things, done in, and aliout the execution of the -trusts of these presents ; and shall and will, from time to time, and ut all •easonable times hereafter, upon the request of the Superintendent Minister, for the time heing, of the Circuit, in whicti the said Church or place of Reli> gions Worship, shall, for the time being, be situated, produoe. and show TOrth to him, and to every person whom he shall desire to see the same, all -mid every such Book or Books of Accounts and Minutes, documents, ardcleis matters, and things, and permit and suffer copies, or abstracts o^ or extracts •from them or any of them, to be made and taken, by the said Superintendent Minister, or any person or persona whom he shall, from time to time, desire lo make and take the same : Ahd the said Book and Books of Accounts and Minutes and all documents, •rticles, matters and things, relating in anywise to tbe said trust-premises, •li&ll, at least om^ in the year, and oftener'if the eaid Superintendent shall •t any time desire, and shall give notice thereof, in manner hereinafter men* Honed, be regularly, upon a day to he appointed by tbe said Superintendent, for the time being, or with his concurrence. Examined and Audited, by the Superintendent, and the Circuit Steward, or Circuit Stewards, if more than one, for the time being, of the Circuit in which the said Ohuroh or place tit Religions Worship, shall for the time being, be situated, at a meeting convene ed for that purpose : And of every such meeting Fourteen Day's Notice in Writing, specifying the time, place, and purpose of such meeting, shall and may be given under the direction of the said Superintendent, lor the time being, by any one or more of tbem, the said Trustees and Trustee, for tbe ' tiiue being, to each and every the other and others of them, the said Trustees And Trustee, Circuit Stewards and Circuit Steward, for the time being, and %itber personally served upon him and them roHpf c ively, or left for, or pent by the post to, him and tbem, at hia and their most tisual place ftndj>kce8 of wbode or liusineast ' .-j-, ■..• :..-.\-;---\ K MODEL DEED. 147 n : And also tn like Treunrer or Treas* 18 Worship and pre^ dtamiss auoh Treas* Htees, for the times toward or Stawards, Dnt8, in whieb from ered, an aeeount of sf tbem received, or ag from or in respect and also, of all other he due and full ex* m of Accounts i and ates, in which, froiu itwed Minutes of all Tirtae of these pre^ fl, acts, and businesci, irtieleB, matters, and Dderstanding of tha tile execution of the ) to time, and ut all >rintendent Minister, rch or place of Reli> produce, and show I to see the same, all , documents, artideii, itraots o^ or extracts said Superiatendent time to time, deure >, and all documenti, said trust'premiRes, Superintendent shall ner hereinafter men* said Superintendent, ind Audited, by the iwards, if more than [ Ghuroh or place oi ^t a meeting conren* een Day's Notice in meeting, shall and endent, for the time nd Trustee, for the m, the said Trustees the time being, and 7, or left for, or pent i place and places of iroTiCKS or mrbtinos ; And In order to facilitate the auditlrg of the said flceounts, mfnutee, docn* mentH. articles, mnttersaud things, it ohall be lawful for the raid £^uperIo> tendent. Circuit Steward and Circuit StKwa;dfl. for the time bein;;, as nforesaid, or either or any of them, to appoint in writing a Deputy or DHfiutiep, to act therein for them and him respectively, ns nf (revaifl, nnd for that purposn, any one or more of tiiem, may be the Deputy or Deputies, of the other or others of them, the snid Superintendent, Circuit Steward and Circuit Stewards: And it is hereby declared, that the Rignatur«8 of nil of them, the said Auditors, Deputies, and Deputy, or of the aggregate majority of them, written in the said Book and Books of Accounts and Minutes respectively, shall be suilicient evidence that all the matters and things relating tn the said trust-premlaes, which were, up to that time, included in the said books, acoounta, mlnntes, and documentii, matters and things, were duly examined, audited and ap- proved of, unless and except so far as the contrary shall be therein by themf or by the aggregate majority of them, in writing expressed : Ahd It is hereby declared, that every meeting for the purpose of taking into consideration the propriety of making any alteration of. or any addition to or mortgage or sale of, the said Church or place of Religious Worship and Premises, or any part or parts thereof, or for contracting any debt, upon, for, or on account thereof, (other than for the ordinary current expenses thereof > or for letting any fiuch house or houses, schooUroom or school-rooms, i, aforesaid, or for fixing the rents or prices', or making or altering xuW ,-3 ascertain the rents or prices, of such graves, tombs, pews and seats, as ^lOTt^ said, or for appropriating the funds, or any part of the funds, of the said Church, or place of Religious Worship, (otherwise than for the due payment oftlie ordinary current expenses therew,) or for bringing or defending any action hr actions, nuitor suits, respecting the said trust estates and premiaes, or any parta thereof, or any matter relating thereto, or for any one or mor* of the above purposes, shall be, aod shall be deemed and taken to be, a special meeting ; and of every such meeting fourteen days' notice in writing, specifying the time, place, and purpose or purposes, of such meeting, and signed by at least either two of the Trustees for the time being, oftheaa presents, or by the Superintendent Minister, for the time being, shall be (liven to the other and others, of them and him, the said Trustees, and Super- intendent Minister, (unleps where he is himself the person giving such notice,) and either personally served upon him and them, or left for, or sent by the post to, him and them, respectively, at his and their most usual placeor places of abode or business! : .^:. Airo, for the purpose of transact!^ their ordinary biininess relating ta the said Church or place of Religious Worehip and premises, or for any other purpoae relating to these presents or trusts thereof, (except where fourteen days' notice is expressed or required as hereinbefore is mentioned), a meeting of the Trustees for the time being, of these presents, may be held, with the said Superintendent, for the time being, as aforesaid, so soon as the sanw can be convtnienily convened, by notice in writin;!, specifying the time and place of such meeting, given and signed by at least either two of the saM TrutHflCi^ for tlw tine being, or by tbo said Saperinttndeiit. for tke tloM L «< "^^mm \ "^^■•. Sia MODEL DEED. QUKarioNg aovT brcidkd. being, anfl cither iiereoually served upon, or left for, or «»eiit by the poft. ns •foresaid, to, the other aii'l others of them reA|)ecvively, at Uis and their iuo»>t U«ual place nud places of aiiodc or bu^iiutss : Provided Alwiyh, nnd it it hereby declare!, thit no meetnig bell under or by virtue ol these presents. Bbuli be irivalid, or the reHOlutions thereof void or imiicucliuil. i>> lenson thatnnv euch notice or noiiceft, a-i aiorcsaid, may not, or almll not, liave reached any Tru8ie<' vr Tiuhtiod. for ib« time beinx "f tbc.«e prci>entr-;, who, at tl e time uf any such i< eeunii:, liHp|>ei>8 to lie out of the Proviuce, cr who, or wiioi»e place or piaccH <>f iihodo or l)U!iine^8, •hall nut be known to, and cannot reaaionably I>e fi>ut:d or di:a the question to be determined, or by the majority of them, and if th«re shall be an even division, then by such casting vote as aforesaid : and all acts and deeds, doiie and executed in pursuance of any such decision as •fbresaid, at any such meeting as aforesaid, shall be good, valid, and binding, on all persons entitled to vote at the meeting, trho may be absent, or being {>resent, may be in the minority, and on all other persons claiming, under or n pursnance of these presents ; but no person, (unless where the contrary is hereinbefore expressly mentioned,) shall be allowed to vote in more than one capacity, at tbe same time, or on the same question, alihdugh holding more than one office at the same time, in the said Methodist Church, or in tbe same meeting : And it is hereby declared, that the ** Rules and Discipline and General Usage," of the said Wesleyan Methodist Church in these presents men- tioned or ret)?rred to, are the Rules and Discipline of the said Church, as printed and published by authority of the said Conference in a book enti- tled, **Ttie Doctrines and Discipline of the Wesleyan Methodist Church in Canada," and the General Usage and Practice of the Societies belonging to •aid Church, and such Rules and Regulations as may from time to time be made or adopted by tlie said Conferenee, and printed and published in their Annual Minutes, in accordance with the provisions contained in tl^e said Book of Discipline, and in the Articles of Settlement and Re-Union therein* befbre mentioned, for altering or amending the same; but subject at all ikmt§ to tke Proivlao respecting Doetrine* in these Presents eoouined : itODCL Dntn.' M» rt by the poit. ns Uis ani ideir laoht eetiijg lieM und«!r F^Holutioiiit thereof icen, a-* aiorcsaid, tied, for ib« time eiinn:, liapiiciis to iihodc orj)Usiii«hB, ditfcovert'd by, tti« lutborizetl, to give v,.,u, /.fj* -M-MiU- der or by virtue of votcfl of the per- rity of them, Bbhll ig, and respecting ■ ehall be equally i casting Ti te, and which he shall be sier, or otherwise: liougbt iieeessary, ected, authorized, >f doing the same t, and entitled to ity of them, and if as aforesaid : and y such decision as valid, and binding, e absent, or being claiming, under or ichere the contrary vote in more than , although holding >dist Church, or in iline, and General ese presents men- e said Church, as :e in a book enti- rthodist Church in ietiea beloncing to )m time to time be published in their tained in tlte said Re>Union therein* lut lubject at all I contained : SOrKRlMTEIVDEirT OR DE?OTT. , Pmividcp AlWata. nnd li is lierobv f'i'clarcd, that, excpptlng where th^ er n» trary ii in tliese pn-RentH fX|ircFf>lv d clai« d, < r )>r<>vidfd I'oi, ttu- tSupi'riniei.- dent Miuiater f >r the time bi'iu^r of tho Cirrui: or atatton in wliich the »Mid ChuiC'i. or iit^ce of (l«-iij;inu8 WorHliip, Fliali for He tiinn Ixting be rituut^'d, or hill Deputy titcreiinto from time to tiiie tiy him iiOiilnoled and appoiutfU in wiitiKg under liis bnnd, rIihII \m} Chairman if, and ahall piei'ide ut, and phall have a voti; mm »:iicI) SupcriMietident Miiiihtt-r or Deputy in, itll me<*t-' In f> held under or by virtue of tlirr^ |irewiitH ; but in ca^tf tlic raid s^uptr* intendent Miiiisier for tiie time beinv, or liiR Deputy to be |.o HpiiointMt ns aforesaid, shall at atiy time neglect to attend at any Foch mei-ting as afore, said, or it the said Supi rintendent Minister or \'\n lit'puty appointed as aforesaid, shall at*LMid, bin f>hiill iefnBD Alwath. and it is hereby declared, that it ahaU and m^y b* lawfu! to and for the Trubteea for the lime being of there present*, with thf coltsont of the tiaid Conference such conrent to be teKtifled in writing under the hand of the Fresid -nt for the lime being of the siiid Couferenee, at any time or times bereafier, abaolutel) to f^ell and dispone of the said parcel ot tract of laud, church, or place of religious worpbip. hereditaments aa4 premises, or of sncb part or (tarts of the same, respecting which »ucb cou- sent in writing as aforesaid shall be given, either liy public sale or private contract, and together, or in parcels, and either at oue and the Mine time^ or at differeot times, for the be^t price or prices, in money, that can tie tea- sonably obtained lor the snme, and well and effectually to convey and assure tlie Lereditaraeuts and premiaea so sold, to the purchaser or \.w- chasers thereof, bin, her, or their heira and aasigns, or aw be, hhe, or they i>haU direct, or appoint ; and the hereditaments and premisea so sold, and conveyed, and assured as afureAaid, shall tUeocefortli be held and enjoyed by the purchaser or purchasera thereof, hla, li^-r, and tlieir heirs, ext'cuiora, administrators, and astiignf, feed, and aOKolutely di^cliarged liom these pre« Fents, and from the trusts hereby d( dared, and every of the>n ; and the Trustees and Trustee for the time being, acting in the trusts of these pre* sents, shall Apply the Money wiiich hliallarifO from ever> such cale asalore* said, so far as the same money will extend, to th** discharge of all. the in- cumbrances, liabilities, and responsibilitiep, whether |.eraonal or otiHfiwise, lawfully contracted or occ-iFioned by viriae of there preseuix, or in tlie due execution of the trusts thereof, or of any of them.; and subject Uieteta, either for or toward promoting the preaehing ot the Gospel iu the laid iter thodlct Oboreh, In the Clreolt or litfttloa la which tht Mid Choreh, at plMI .L ■ i.^ : li I; :i i MO ICOOEL tWOk rowm TO iiLL* of Reltffioas Wornbip nhall, for the time hti\ng be f^itnntetl. or, for the pur* POH* of ptocuring a lnrpr»»r «nd more convc i pl«c« or Ulead of tli«» na\<\ pnccl nr lr«ct of land. Church, or plncp of R«- lifflouR Worship* hetcditimentn nnd proinifira fio 80ld of dirpneed of to kA settled upon tht< ^nme ttui>tii, and to nnd f-tr the came endn, intciila nnd pur- f»'iPrt to fherane powers, provisncHjai^ddPclnrn. lontiHH are In and liy thoao prft<.Tit9 expr«>R8eit and cnntniaed, or nuehof them an flhnll lie then aub'tnting, or capable of tnking ilK'ct : Pkovidrd Always, that if any time berpafter, the Ir Wornbip, bereditaments aod premise*, nhall be inadpquate to meet and dincharire the inter at of all moneys burrowed, and then due and owing upon, or on account uch proper persons an are hereinafter mentioned or dencribed, can be found to take upon theninelTes the burden and execution of tbe said trusts, with the responsibility anri liability to be thereby incurred, then, in that case, it nhall bM lawful for tbe Trustees for t)|e time Iteing as aforesaid, or tbe major part of them, of their own proper authoritv, and without any such consent by the ■aid * 'onferenee as aforesaid, to nell and dinpone of the naid parcel or tract of land, <'hureb. or place of Religious Worship, hereditamentn, and preniisen, or acy part or pHrtn of thr* same respectively, either by public sale or private eontrart, and either together, or in parcels, and either at one and the same time, or at diCTerent times, for the best price or prices io money, that can be reasonably obtained for the same : and well and I'ffeetually to convey and assure the hereditaments and premises so sold, with the appurteuancen, to tbe purchaser or purchasers thereof, his, her. or their heirs and ansignn, or •a he, she. or they nhall direct or appoint, and the hereditAments and prem- Ises ■'> sold, and conveyed and assured, as last aforeoaid, nhall thenceforth be held and enjoyed by tbe purchaser and purchasers thereof, his, her, and their heirs, executors, administrators and assigns, freed and absolutely dit- charged from these presents, and the trusts thereby declared and every of them : And all the money arising from every such last- mentioned sale, shnjl be applied, disposed of, nnd nppropriuted, as far nn th<^ saYne money wilt extend, to the purpo«es, and in the mannur h*-by declared, that DO sale nhall be made bv viitue of this present power or nnthnrity, unless the T'usteen for the time being an aforesaid, or a majority of them, shall give notice in writing to the said Conference nr to the Pn>nident for the being of the said Conference, on nr before the first day of the then next annual meetfbg of the naid Gonferene». their intention to make nuch sale, and the reasons for the same : nor unless the naid Conference nhall, for the •pao^ of six calender months, next after the said first day of tlieir annual meeting, refuse or neslect, either to give, grant or provide, the >>aid Truf!|ees jOld Tniitee for tbe time being, with such peeuniaiyor other aid, assistance Md tettef M •ball eoaUe tbem and him te beer, and eentlDae the Mirden I!-: i ! 'i.f MODEL Unu. idl Kd MORTOAflKS, CONOITIOira OF, <'. or, for the pur* »)l.v pftuated parcel ». an. I preniles, jn ch. or place of R».. dJfpoeed of to be intriitH nnd pur< if'soe^ijar^ddpclBm. >d, or Buehofthem come aristng from ^i-liKiouB VVornhlp, and dUcharre the ipoo.oronaceount ises atteodiof; itia VuMe«'« and Trui»« reti>e and be die t<", and, if no puch ), can be found to Id truatn. with the I that case, it tihall or the major part uch conaent hy tha i parcel or tract of nt^ and prenii8e% pHe R&Ie or private one and the nme aoney, that can be "y to coDvejr and appurteuancen, to n and apaignu, or amenta and prem- phall thenceforth i*0f, hfg, liflr, and nd nbsoluieljr di»* »r«'d and eTery of ntioned aale, sbnil 8»'me money win re directed, witii of ^uch cnnpent, >y declari'd, that MUfhority, unlfsn f lliem, nhall give int for the beiujf iien next annual Huch sale, and C8 whail, for the ' of tlieir annual the -aid Trusieeg er aid, aaalstanca (Idq* 11m Mrden of tho execution of the truFts of thene preitfntH, or, (a« the cane miy be) to ftod and provide other TrusteeH, who will tal(e upuu tbuiusi-lvt^a the burden ot the execution of tiie ^aid 'I'ru-tii. A>'D itiii liereby dec aed, thai, the RecHpt and Rec»ipt^ of a majority of the TtUKrf tUesM prt-At'iiir:, Khali, in aU cavea of itaj- inent made to them, ur any of tht?m, an such Trustutiaor True tee an afore' said, b« H full discharge to the person or pernono entitled tu such receipt or receipts, hid, her, and tlieir lieim, vxecutois, admialMtnitori', and asHigas, for all mortgage-monifs, purchaae.iiioiiies, or other monies therein reapectivelj expreaaed ni.d uckiiuwiedged to have been received, by any vucb Truatucaor 'I'ruatet*, nforesHid ; Auu in all caxe«, i-xcept for money paid and received tu reapect of any mort(i;ageor sale of the atiid heredittimenta and preroirieH,Or any part or nwrts thereof, aa aforesaid, the receipt and reei'ipta of any one or more of^ttie Trustees for the time being of the»e presents, or any one or more of the Stewaid^ i»r Trea>urera for the time Ltclug, hy the naid Truateei for the time being, or the m gor part of them duly authorized to sign and 5 ire receipta shall be a full discharge to the person aud persons enlit'ed ) such receipt or receipt*, his, h^r, and their heira. executors, adminia- tratora and asi^igna for all \Ioueya, [except a< aforesaid,] therein reHpeetlvely expresst'd, and nclcnowledged to liave been received by any such Trustee, Steward, or Treaaurer, aa nfoieaaid : And It is hereby deciared,that it shall not be in'tumbent upon any mortgagee, or mortgagees purchaser or purchasers, of the haid parcel or tract of land. Church or place ot Religiooa Woiship, hereilitameuis and preiiilaea, or any part or pait<>, thereof, respectively, to inquire into the nectsaity, expediency, or propriety, of any inortttMgt*, sale, or disposition, of the said parcel or tract of land, Church or place of Religious Wort-hip, hereditameuta and premises, or of any part or parta thereof, iiitide or proposed to be made, by the said Trustees or Truntee f(*r the time In ing, ur the major part of them, ao afore« said, or whether any aucti notice or notices ns aforesaid, was or were duly g veo, or \vai« or were valid, or sufiicient, or whether any Steward or Stewardti, Trenaurer or Tieasrera, was or were duly aiitnorlxed to sign, and give receipts as Hto:eaiiid : Nor shall it be incumbent upon any such mortgagee or mortgages, purchaser or purchasers, or any of them, or for any other person or persontt, hia,4ier, or their heira, executors, admioiR- irators, or aaaigiia, paying money to such Tiustees or Truatee, or to their Steward or Steward**. Treaaureror Treasurers for the time being, aa afor«. said, to aeeto the Hpp1icati< not lean than iievtn nr more than twenfyo^ e, ncd thit Mhcii »>id fo oftttu Ml Mtiy oittt or m'iru ol t'le mui TiQutee", or of tlivir KuccfA'Oi'H ui the MiM Tiiint, iiliall die, roAign his t'tfico as TlU^tee, by nod will) ihti coi.seut ufa tvu thirds vota ut liii* co-Tru8tuei>, or \vith«ii)bers of the naid tbu'Cb, of ttic fUll age of i«v«ntyoau>fars, to bu no iiiuatfd and app doted an follows: tbit U to liy, to bi? Doroiiiatud by tlie Wesleyiin Methoi caHe of an equal diviMiun of the votes of the TniKtees present, at any nieeiing of the TruKtees held for the purpose of such appointment, the Vtiniettr so in charge of the said Circuit or Station, shall hnve a casting vote in such appointment ; and if it KhH.U happen at any time ih&t there shall be DO auiviviug or remaining Truf^tee of the SHid Trust, in every sneh ease It shall aod miiy b* lawful tor the Minister aforesaid to nominate, and the Quarterly Meeting of the Cirsuit or dLttlon if tiipy approve of the person so DoiiiinKted, to appoint the requi^itft number, of the Trustees of the said TruHt, by the vo:e of the mnjority of the members of the said Meeting then prevent, and in ease of an equal divioion of their votes, tht Chairman of the said Meeting shall hare the castiug vote in such appointment, and the per- son or (Persons no n^imnntel '\nd ap^ointdd Trustee or Trustees in either of iheaaid modeBOfnomliiatif.a am; appointment shaK be the legal succespor or succvsMrs of the said above-nanied Tiuflteen, ati ' (-hall have in pei^t- tial sacce^si'ln the name capaci1i«'S, powei», rights, and duties, as are given to t.ie above-named Tr'istre . .u and by these presently, and in and by the Acu of t'arllauieni tfor«:.V(id : /; '„',"r' pROViuKo ALWAYS, DevcrtW'MS, rr>& it is hereby expressly declared, that In evviy such cuk,^ when V vu Trustee.' or Trustee, so withdrawing, or ceasing te be a member or members, of the saU Muthodint Church as aforesaid, nhall make request lor that purpo^e, in writing, to the fiurviviug Trustees, they tbc said kurviving I iu8tee« »ball and Hill, wiibin >>ix calei dar niontlis next . after i>uch icquest, uitder their hands and seal of office, [but at the costs and charges in the law of the perr'on and perrons making Kuch requettt,} execute a Boi d. in a bufHcieot pei-alty or otbci obligation, to indemnify the I'rustces or Trustee ko wlihdrawing, or ceasing to be a n enib»>r or members of the enid Methodist Church aa aforesaid, and every of them, their, and eveiy uf th^-lr heirs, executors and admiuiiitiatorii, uf and f oui and against the payment of all and evt-ry sum and lums of uont-y, costt^. charges, and expouses, which he, they or any of them, his, their, or any of their liei.tt, executors or admin- iatrutoiH, either heperately, or jointly, ^viib uay ottitr Tiusteea o<- Trustee of the Slid truHi'preiuine^, may lye hound, engiged, or ; or cb, of tlie nili age i»llowii : th it U to having; charge (br hereby conveyed Buivlving or re- rit) of iheiii, If be ona fo uoiiiinaU'd, ea present, at any acli appointment, all hnre a casting ne that there shall n every such ease lominate, and the e of the person so itees of the said said Meeting then t Chairman of the ■tent, and the per- ifltees in either of he legal succesiior II have in perpet- I ties, as are given nd in and 5/ the •■ij declared^ rhat rawing, or ceasing M aforesaid, Hhalt ug Truatees, they i dar moDtl.s D«xt It at the cofits and request,] execute I'Dify the J'rustcea embers of the enid nd eveijr of thnlr «t the payment of expenses, which icutors or admin- ees or Trustee of ^ •"«>, in respect ous \rorehip and these presents t uieMorTrostee jntt . ritrsTik-s nriifa, iNi>exNiTT. ««.• *0 withdrawing or cenKiog to be a niomlier or nienibers of the said Methodist Church, to be t'STuctually re'enned and iij>charK«d, of, and from and avftiost the payment o(, all nucb sum or sums of money, costp, cbargex, and expcn* se«, as la^t nfureMid, and from all li.kblllty on account or in resp< ct thereof^ or la otherwise relating thereto ; ^ Providkd alwa.v», that nothing hereinbefore contained, shall be eon- strn d to prevent, or disqualify any perhon or persons so withdrawing or erasing to be a meaiber or roeinbers as aforesHid, from beint; at say future time, nominated appointed and chosen (if then duly qualified) to be, a Trustee nr Truittees of the parcel or tract of land. Church or place of Re- Hfioun Worship and Premises, under or by virtue of the pow'^rs or author!- ies in these presents contained, or cither of ihom, for appointing a successor or successors of the TrusteifS of these presents : Providcd always, and it in hereby declared, that from time to time, and at all times hereafter, upon the Decease of any Trustee or Trustees for the time being of these presents, the surviving Trustees and Trustee for tlie time being of these presents, shall and will, within oix calendar niontha next after request for that purpose, in writing mado to them or him, by the legal representative or representatives of such deceased Trustee or Trustees (but at the costs and charges in the law of such legal representative or re- presentatives,) resppcMvolv execute a Bond, (in a suflicient penalty^, or other obligation to imdeniry the legal representative or represeutatives of each and every deceased Trustee and Trustees, who shall make such request at aforesaid, his, her, and their lands, tenements, goods and chattels, of* from, and against, all bonds, debts, covenants, obligatious, no te% Judgments, claims and demonds, whatsoever, which such deceased Trustee or Trustees lias entered Into, or become suHect or liable to, on account or in respect of, the said parcel of tract of land. Church or place of Keliglous Worship, bered- itments and premises, or otherwise ou account or in respect, of the due ex- ecution of the trusts of these presents, or any of them : or. In place or stead of such Bond or other obligation of indemnity, shall and will, (at the oholise and discretion of such surviving Trustees for the time being, upon such re- quest, and at such cost and charges as last aforesaid,) cause, or procure of such legal representative or representatives as aforesaid, to be well aiMl effectually released, or otherwise discharged, of, from Hud against, all and every such bond, debts, covenants, notes, judgments, claims, and demands «■ last aforesaid, and of and from, every of them, and every part and parcel thereof respectively : And the said Joseph Bloor hereby for himself, &e^ [rovenante ft goo4 title. 1 And tbeaaidSaoib Bloor {oars her dower.} v ..t,Aft»4 ^.^rx . V •*i»7^ ^t*'* /^-'tr^- '"i "if"':' t.V'i- *' ;,r ;■?• -••i,«^-v*A'. '" -» ■ . ■' . f ' T '^ ■ .^ > ■ ,,...■■.. ., • vM(»; 'I-: .'r^*!^'f:f^*f>t'i't -'■■,..»f .,'.•-•• :"' ,f •''■.' " ••'''• '■•<■ •■' ■' ''"'- '■.•■^'•-'''^-s''*(i'f''*f/^^''*»l[,i VJt '■tf •»'-,» •' J(<. ^«. .>,^ -W Jw*-* f i ^t'- ' ■f*4'i .: 5 ■«?*!! ; %J.Ti<- I ■ ! ;«, I i/,f u in ,-. * REFERENCE DEED^;< Ci^to Jntrrntttrii made ibid. . • . . . i&y of • • . . One tl>nn';aDd efgbi knodred aijd between. of of the fiiit part ; and wife of the party of tbo first part, of tbe secoul part and The Trustees of the Con- gregation of the Vt'eitleyan Methodist Church in Canada, in connexion with tbe £nf lisli Conference, of tbe third part. Wherean a Religioaa Congrega- tion or Society of MethudiFts have occasion and are desirous to lake a con- veyance cf the Lands anu Premises hereby conveyed for tbe purposes herein declared, cnnaerning ihe same, and tbe said Keli(tious Congregation or Society of Methodists, for tbe purpose aforesaid, has appointed tbe Trustees above named by the name aforesaid of the " Trustees of the Congregation of the Wesleyan Methodist Church in Canada, in connexioa with the English Conference." Now, this Indenture witnessetb that the said party of the first part, for and in consideration of the sum of to ..in band paid by the said parties of tbe part, at or before tbe sealing or delivery of thene presents, ftbe receipt whereof is hereby acltnowledgfd; hnth given, S ranted, bargained, sold, assigned, released, conveyed, and confirmed, and y these ptesents doth give, grant, bargain, sell, iissign, release, convey and confirm unto the said Trustees of the Congregation of the Wes- leyan Methodist Church in Canada, in connexion with tbe English Confer- ence, by that name, and to their saccesscrs, to be appointed as specified in a Deed, made and Recorded as hereinafter mentioned, all that Parcel and Tract of Land and Premises situate in the of.. in the County of ......... . .and Province aforesaid, containing by z^uiceasure. ment. ....... .be tbe same more or lees, being composed ol and which said Parcel and Tract of Land is butted and bounded, or may be otherwise known as follows, that is to say : • To HATB i.ND TO BOLD the Said Parcel or Tract of Land and Premises, with the Tenemeuts and all the appurtenances and previleges thereof and every part thereof, onto and to the use of the said Trustees, and their sae- cessors in said Trust forever. But nevertheless upon such and the same Trust, and to and for such and the same ends, uses, intents, and pur- poses, and with, under, and subject to such and the name powers, provisioea. declarations and agreements, and to be controlled, disposed of and managed by the like authorities, officers, Trustees and peisons appointed and to bo appointed and acting ani being in tbe same manner, and with the same duties, power, liabilities, and restrictions in every particular and respect as are ezpiessed contained and declared or referred to, in, aiwers, provialoeg, of and managed minted and to bo i with the samo ir and respect as by a Deed, b'nr- rd one tJioussnil 'f the Villase of •ft pan ; Sarah a part,~aBd tb» Trnstoes oi the Yorkville Congregation of ib« Wji-leyau Methodist Church in t'anad.-i, of tbe third part, and Regifiteied in lutj Rcgistery ofiiee of the County of York at twt- Ive of the clock at nooti of tbe twenty -finh day of May, 18C0, and ineeried in tbe Buok of Discipline of tbe sbid Westeyaa Idetbodist Church in Canada, in coiinexion with the EngliKb Conference, published by thv Heveiend An^on Grt-en, D. D., nt Toronto, in tbe year of Our Lord One Thousand Kigbt Hundred and Sixt}-fcur, and to, for, or upon no other U8e, trust, intfui, or purpose, or condition wbatao- ever : and this Indenture further witncn^etll, that tbe raid party of the second part, ill conMdtiaiion of tbe pi emi^f p, and five sfiillingp of lawful money of Canada to her by tbe raid party of tbe second part, in hand well and truety paid, at or upon tbe sealing and deliveiinn of the^e present* [the receipt whereof is liereby acknowledged] hath remised, leleuFed, and for ever relinquished and quitted claim and by these presents doth remipc, release, and for ever relinquish and quit claim, unto tbe said party of the third part, and their succeh^^ois, all Dower, and all right and title thereto, which iaid party i>i the second part, now hntti, or, in tbe event Of surviving her said husbai.d, can or may, or could, or might hereafter in any wise, have or claim, whether at comn>on law nr otlier>«ise howfoeverof, ia to, or out of the said I^auds, Teneineuis, and Premises hereby conveyed. And the said party of the first part doth hereby for heirs, ex* ecutort), and adminiHtratorR, Covrnant, Phomisk, and Aokbk to and with the said parties of the tbiid part and their succesfois in tbe i*aid Trust, in manner loliowing : that is to (>ay. That tbe said party of the first part, at the time of the ensealing and delivery hereof, doth stand solely, rightfully, and lawfully seized of a good, sure, perfect, absolute, and indefeasible estate of inheritance, iu fee fiuiple, of and in the laudp, tenements, hereditaments, and all and singular other the premises hereinbefore described, with their and every of their appurteiances. and of and every part and parcel thereof, with- out any manner of reservations limitntious, provisoei>, or conditions, (other than thuse vxpie^Red in tbe original grant thereof from the crown,) o: any other matter or thing to alter, charge, change, encumber, or defeat tbe same. An" also, that the said party of the first part now. . .in. . .good tight, full pu.. ar, and lawful and absolute authority to alien, convey, and dispose of the said landA, tenements, hereditaments and premises, and every part and parcel thereof, with the appuiienances unto the said parties of tbe part, and their successois in the said Trust, in manner and form aforesaid. And also, that it shall and may be lawful, tu and for tbe said parties of the ..... .part and tbeir successors in the said Trust, peaceably and quietly to enter into, have bold, use, occupy, possess, and enjoy the albre!>aid landf, tenements, hereditaments, and pieinises, hereby conveyed or intended so A^ be, with the uppuitenances, without the let, suit, hindernnre, inteiruptior ^^ denial of the 'taid part of tbe first part. ..... heirs or assigns, or any wther person or persons whomsoever, ard that free and clear, and fieely and clearly acquitted, exoi.eraied, and discharged, of and from all arrears of taxcn atd astessinents, what.-oever, due or payable upon or in lespect of tlie Pail lauds, tenements, herediininents, a* d prcniises, or any part theieof^ and of and fiom ai| fomier conve.xai ces, mong gis, rigiiis, aunuitns. debts, judg- ments, executions, recngnizances, and of and fioni all niannev of other charftes or encumberances whatsoever. And lastly, that tbr> tnid paitv of the first part heirs and aRtiguy, and all aad eTery otlter person and persons whomsoever having, or lawfully claiiaifig. 25« KEPEU£NCE 1>KE1>. or who fhall or may hare or lawfully clatm any estate, right, title, inierent, or trust, of, iu, to, or out of the landn, teneraeiitn, licreditamonts, or premi»)'!i hereby conveyed 1.8 aforesaid, or intended po to be, wltii their appurtenances, or any part thereof, by, from, un-ler or in trust for the naid party of the first part. . . .heirs or aRRignn. nhall and will, frnm timelo time, niid at all tiinep, at the proper costR and diaries in the Law of the naid partlea of the p<)rt, or their HucceHsors in the Raid Trust, malce, do, BufTer, and execute, or caaaeor procure to be made, dnue, sutfered, and exfcute -'I- S f .7-%. :')►•' ■:.( ii ■«v + '.- 9f^,'}-P*Hvi .■*,v""t« .l - *'■ •T »»l< ^■^t^Vi^-sNC ■i^T-'t - .*'. ffif^ ,"»■> J %S|4;.«ii#l^jtJ,^ ,V - il' 'ifi ^4 ^^l vi.» I • ■ 4<"aV» r\!. .««..' "r'>* .■fi\' ■ ■■' V ^u #.si.. «■■•<■ ■ '.* . 4. ;tferf ~'m .r< ♦««r- ■••** e..i •.v, «»;,»•..» 4t .'t^^l?!.; m^ slit, tJtle, irrt^rent, ^ents, or preminvji «r nppurtonnnceg, .the «aid party of neto time, nud at he «aid partiea of fee. do, suffer, and ex^-cuted, all and 1 and deedd, devf- r, better and more lands, tenementu, the said parties , as by the parties . or tbeir CoanRel ^ised, advised, and 1 have hereto writ'ea. let - '. ' . V .'- ■ • .; . * i* h-. ',..■• - - J - :*■ £. • ■ ■■•>l •■■•. 1 -r ~.\~-/ rr c l'!v . " '' . . ■'»M! .•■!;,-;.., •; ■ jf ■;;;.• ,-'..'---•> ' -^'^iBtr^S ti;./M'-js! •'?«(^•i'«^ '^orw «.~.'<4>-4t ■***''*fS iS;S ALPHABETICAL iNPEx;':.:::;\: nw. -V'TSj i'—fi- ^i'vi ! .;o. • '-t^-/ ::• » -».. ■'"♦•"M^j.v Rrfbrkncmi Aer« tiiado, are n»t only to tht page of th$ Di§eipliM, but . •l$o to the AJtHUtes of the Conference where the nibjeete are found, a? .:<-.i# Jddreu, PJi$tiiral~-To be read in all the SocietUs, S9. AUowanee*-'So AlinlfiterH aud Wives, and Children,, JIQ,. To Superaoni^Md Ministers aud VVid w^. 111. ,j:s»lj. te^*j* «* ^ . -j>;, Tt 4imu$eiHeHt$f i>i»ful— FoebiM^Of &!, 63, 87. jtppeal. Right of\ guaranteed— 0{ Local Preachers to the Annual District Meeting, 103. Of Meiubeia to the next Quarterly Official Meet* ing, 105. JrbitratioH'-'Vo settle disputes between Ministers and Preachers, 100. Between Preachers and Members, lOU. Between Officers and Members, 106. Jrtiele$ qf Religion— S. Not to be altered by the Conference, 19. AttieU of Union— 119. First, with English Conft^rence, Min. 1832, ffO. Concurred in, Min. I&i3, 58. Present Mia. 1847, iSi. Band 5ociette«— Rules of 00. Directions to, 92. ^^-j| BaHkrupticie$—Ru\e to prevent ncandal in cases of, 107. £aj>{. , Bible &'0C£ef V— Elecommendation of, Min. 1857, 187. Board, or Family Allowa "e—Ol Ministers, 48. Of the Editor and Book Stewaid, 19-2, in. 1637, 166. . U«t.v - \ yx% r>-w,a Board qf Superannuated Minitter' 8 Fund, 105. Boukt, Canonical, 9. Booke, /2e//^t(/ti«— Ministers and Preachers to see Societies lupplied with, 66. To be diligent in Rpreading, 81. Book Room and Printing £«ta6/t«Ain«nt— Constitution of, 191. Ineorpor- ated, Min. lb6-2, 25. See also, Min. 1838, 67 ; 1836, 126 ; 1837. 66, 152, 158 ; 1840, 234 ; 1867, 155. Book Stewart^— Appointed by Conference, 193. Duties of, 193. Reiponsible to Coromittt-e, 192. fforri/ioln^— Without probability of paying. Forbidden, 88. Boundariu-Of the Conference, 1U9. Of Districts, 109. Of Oircuita and MiHsiouB, 109. , Briberf-M Kl«ction», to be •xtirpated, 77. . ;; . , ,| , -v;4,5.*.«*i 258 INDKX. Burial qf the Dead— Service to be used, lfi6. .. ^ . .:- Cati tu Freaek—Signn of, 33. In any particular place, f6. Candidate for the Mint$lr^—M\iat be recommended by a Q. OfBcIal Meetlag, Must undergo a preliminary exumioatioii in KngliHli grammnr.')4. and aritiuuetic, ;i4. Exniiiined and approred oy tlie District Meeting, 34. And received by the Con fereuce, 36. Must pursue a four yearA conrHe of study, '67, Annually to give a liat of boolig read, HI. UehiHting from travellittgor inanying while on trial, to V r.vt». be dropt iu ni!ence, 30. Time of prulmtiou to voramence when • ; ,, received by Conference, atf One >8ttr allowed wben employed uiider Cbairman before Nov. Quaiterly Meeting, 37. Wuen continued nt College two yearfi, to be allowed as one year only of V~^ < ' probation, 38. Chairmen and Superintendeiitn are directed to pay special attention to their improvement and comfort Min. lifiS, 8 : 18:16, i)5. Wesley's sermons ai.d notes allowed to, 158 CafecAtsiM— And other Wesleyan Books to be used as extensively as po8< fibre, Min 1835, 9d. Furjlsbed for Children, 79. And Sabbaih Schooiti, 2»7. Cenfevory of JMeth'.dtem—mn 1^39, 212. Bookx, Min. 1842,318. CerttficaU-Of Buptism, Viu. IH43, 33:). Of Local Preachers on removing, 46. Of Members, 58. CAairmen iff I^Mlrtc/s - Mode of electing, and duties of, 53. CVkar«c(«r— Examination of, by the Cobference, 22. by the District Meet* ing. 27. Of Local Preacherp, 4 1. Exhorters. 49. Of Leaders, 56. CkiUren—^elHiUm of Knptized to ihc Charcb, 7d. Regi(hHlf of Superanituated Ministers Fund. 61. Oa»$ Leoifcr* -Appointed by Supe iutendeut Minister or Preacher, 56. To be cxati.ined Qnarierly, 69, Duti<.8 of, fctf, 9i. Ctet$t Meetings— 93. Neglect i-f, 95 CleanliHtae— »o be rccoiiru' mied, 68. C-DtUgate— \^i^\n\.-\\iin\. of, 119, Dutieo of, 62. 120. CoUecli»n$- 111 CoiigtegatioiiR fur rontjexirnal Funds, 61. To be paid to Treasuiei's at appointed times 61. CVMMtUsss— Stationing, 24. Conterence Special, iMln. 1842, 314. Connez* ional Fundi— Sr< Con$tiiutioH$ ifthoiefundo. INDEX. 25» i. Official Mcetlufr, tjflish gratninnr.34. id oy the District 86. Slust pur>ue a (ive R list of booI(« J while on trial, to > corain«Dce when d wben employed utiiig, 37. Wuen ta one year only of ta are directed to ind comiort iMin. ea allowed to, 158 xteuaively aa pug- 7». AudSabbaih 942, 318. lera on removing, ie District Meet- >. Of Leaders, 5A. terofnamea to be rfchlp, 79. Treat- tt claim in Circuit of are carried out 16 Uident Churcli in »ce with form of rdpd within one I* be retuinf'd by 8 of—^ee Model 207. Condition! be Bttitionod the ' »nd weekly, 60. a Fund. 61. ■ Preacher, 69. 9* To be paid to 314. Connez* Time of Rec >rds Proceed* Of Local GMiimitMfy i{^ G0otf<— Not Scriptural, 17. • - Co«>/er«Mce—.>Vlio compose, 18. Aupoititment of P2l. Secretary, 21. to be Kilned bv Presif^eot and >iecretary, t4. Conference Special Committee— Min. 1842, 314. Cimtingent Fit-d-Conttitution «>f iflS. Mio. 1836, 126. Ci'Urse of Stvdtf for dndidates — o7. jDebte—i^Qt lo be contructt^d v\ithout n probability of pavinpc, 88. Vy . ."" if'gs in Complaint of non-paymeut by mRml}ers, 106. Preachers, 103. Preachers and .Vliiiisters, lOU. To Book Room, 104. Min. 1837. 107. Deed, A/odef— Preamble, 'iSI. Trust, nature of, 241. Trustees to erect Church, to be uned by the Wesleyan Methodists, 241. Ministers to occu.vy parsonages ; Worship to be according to rules and usages of Wesleyan Methodist Cburcb ; School rooms may be .• '« erected; Scho •! not to interfere with public worship, '248. '*•;'-> > ,' Trnstcps may mortg'ige ; In what way, 243. Trr.steea may let seats in (Church ; reserving some frbe seats ; May Wt or sell . >..- V' graves or tombs; Pews shall not be let for more tban ft ""' i' year : May iei parsonage when not required for Mluister ; May reimburse theriselves for necessary expenses, 244. How fund* are to be disposed of ; May assif^t charities ; May appoint Stew 'y- ard, 245. Shall keep accounts, and minutes; iMinister mav t'-'-"^ ■':/' examine; Shall be annually audited by Minister and Circuit Steward. 246. Auditors, shall sign books ; How meetings shall '■■'^-- be called, 217. Chairman to have casting vote: ••Rules and Discipline of Church" defined, 248. Wnen Superintendent ah- sent Trustees mav choose Chairman ; How property may be sold or mortgaged, 249. When sold without consent of Coo ference, 250. How vacancies in trui^t may be filled up ; Re^ tiling Trustee may demand bond of indemnity, 252. Trustew retiring elegible f»r re-election, 253. Deed Rfference—ibi. Deede-0( Churches aod Parsonages must be in accordance with the Dis* cipline, 114. D*Jiciencie$, and f^pecial claims, must be passed by Quarterly Official Meeting, siE^oerl by Recording Steward, and recommended bj OisMct Meeting, 2(10, , ■ r. :, .-- . , . .„ Dt»pi»<«s--Settlement of, 106. ' '^4^ I *?W^^, Diaseiinon, 105. ^.'i^^-^^i^ />f«(rfets—For(iiedbv President and Stationing Committee, 100. Dittrici Meeting, Anijual in May->Who compose it, 26, 41. Chairman of 6i. Order of buoiness, 27. Recommends Candidates for the Ministry, 27. Delnrminei who shall nttend 'Conference, 23. Appoints Members for the several Committees, 29, 42. Receives Reports ot Tria>8. 99. Hears appeals of Local Preachers, 103. Recommends alterations in Circuits or Miiislons, 43. Two copies of Minuter of, t<> be brought to Conference, 43. Dittriet Metting, Financial in {September.— Who compose it, 43, Appropri- ate.s Grants fiom Contingent Fund, 43. Makes arranffements for Missionary Meetings, 43. Arranges Claims for Chiloren's Fund, 43. Recommends amount to b« apjffopHated to Domestic Mis- sions, 43. ' » -..f* «- ^9& iJ^i*. !-: t ^t'-n ■^ •■•{ .'I :-■ ;r .^*t* -4. Tioetrime$, of oor Cimreb, 8, 8S, 214. * '»'^-*«*'*' *^ "^^ ^-uVkK^Tw :* -tt*i..«i*»«n* Doctrint$t Fa/te— Proeet dingn ftgiiinst a Mlni*inb«rii, Hl6. MinlstirR «re lo bijiifth and drive away, I'lS. Dreta — Riileii on, bl. Gautiuno ngHiiiRl exp(*n8ivuiieea and gayety in, 77. X>riiiiA««ae«»— B'orbidden, 87. Editor — How nnpf Inted, 194. Re^pOHtiWoto Book Committee, 191. Dutioii of. 194. Education 4if C'tvdfdate^, SS, 2ti9. Fund for, 2(0. Committee, *2(I0 Col* Ircl'on. 6i ...,;• Evil Spfnknif Pr- i, b fed,87. Ctintfonn agnin«t,82. ^il*^**^^'^- ExpulMion—(^\' ^^lnl.^•I^. por net;l»c(ing duty, 89, 05, 104. For imnior* alitv, nt4 For <>YRdlnp (i irial, 104. For imprudent cnndocti 104. For eowinu dissension, 106. For refu.^ing to abide bv the dpcifion of Arbitratoff, 108. For Fpands and dlnhonest in«o!- renci«»^ 107. Conditions on irhich expelled membera tnay Iw restored to the Church, 108 Of Local Preachem. 10!. For impro|)er tempem, worda aud actlous, 102. Of Iliuisters aud PreacbKm, i>9. £xAorfer«— How authorized, 09. To be Membem of Quarterly Official Meet* ing, 48. To lie annually examined, 49. Family JUotomnee—To Miniiites-s and Pieachers, 48. To Book-Steward and Editor, 192. Min. 18^17, I6«. F«iiitJy Prayer-> Required of Members, 8&-08. Of Ministerfl,09. FMiU-'On Prtday preceding each Quarturly Meeting, fid. Pasting enjoined, Ftnaneiml Sceretari»$— To be Local Treasurers for tbeir Districts, 43. To ' -^' be Members of the Children'* Fond Committee, 802 ; Shall fill «"i 'f'^' Hcbeduies for Children's Fund, Gtntrmt JlH/«s— Of Society, 87. Of Bands, 92. r - -- : Oevermmeni, a«ti— Duiyof Obedience to, 1«. ' >«.#ft'»^:.t Or4iM~.Mearw of— instituted, 69. Prudential, 70, 82, 93. '-^''.•' Guurdimn, CAristian— Commenced, Vtin. I8i9, 27. Editor, 104. .0«/tii«M— Cause of deficiency of, among Preachers, 76. Directions for obtaining a higher degree of, (12. Hoty Qho$t—S. Call to the Ministry by, S3. Moxieating Xf Qua'teriy Official Meeting, 48. Mode of trial XiiX .^i^^ ot, 102. Privilege of Appeal, 103. l^rit Prmytr—To be uf«d in Public Worship, 8L. Lord'a Supptr— Article of Religion, 14. In both kinds, IS. Form to be used in administering, 128, 188 Duty of Paruking, 89. L999 F»*ul»—To be held br Sanerinteudeni, 60. Tickets for, 58. How long to b« eottttauM, 68. How ofteo B^nogen mv bo *d- mlittd,05. • ' Tt','-*^- -:- - --::>,;-:^,: •;■"-■ - . .* - '■'it- INDEX. 3ii InatJtjflr, 101. And drtrt) awav, l."»5. 1 gayeiy In, 77. ttee, 191. Duticn iniiitee, >2()9 Cut* I"*. For immor* prudent pnndlKt^ ng to abide bv the d dinhonest inxol- niembere tnay Iw Mshern. 10"!. For Of lliuisters and erij Official M«et« look-Steward aod rfl« 89. FaatlngeDjoined, [>iBtr{cts, 43. To «, SU2 ; Shall fill ten*- r, t04. Directions for ,87. To eandi* ecotumended by itlflcatioo, 31. '*!»? lional Fends, 4S. V OonrMreoce« 18. iiiinatioD of, 44. •cure Certificate, I. Mode of trial 6. Form to be ling, 89. for, 58. How era may be ad> Mafi«tratt$"-Xni mMt-U^ra not to be evil apoken of (i7. \iarriug^e—Wixh iina>vakc*n<-d itereouM forbiUdfii, V6. Pioaeheri io take .^-i-v,*-* . advice in, 'Jl Form of Soleinuizatioii, 100, Rttgiatratioa of : • to Ite propi'riy nniUe. 39. Members of Chunh-'ilow aduiitteil, 04. From other Ciiurcb^fi, 04. Not to Tti iiuve without Cttitiiicate, uH. 'i'o bu exciuiiod lur wilful and p'peHttid ue>;It-ct of (JIush, Qo. Moiiu uf tiiai and appt-al, < . • ' Ui3, lud. AlinUtert — How cjostituted, 61. DutifR of, C4. 68. Reception fom other Cburcbefi, 66. Viarrin^e of, '27. ^Snatioi* nud lauiity alluwauce of, hO. Ceasiiie to ti-ttvel, t)4. Trial <>t, 93. Mietionarien — N(;t limited to tlieo years Smtiuns, ib, ., ,»:,^ appoiuied, 2*2, 42, 213. New Rules — ReRtriciiuiiii of Confereace regarding, 20. Powers uf Quarterly MeetlDg respecting, 20. ,f..(^„iiy.; .vii; ,.1 o^„H,, OatAr— OfaCbriktiaQiDan, 17. - ,>■ .Vm^^ Old Te$tament—\0. „,>,., W ' Or^tuUion of Mimi$Ur»~'ii, 64. Form of, 148. . -,> j,>..n.Beat Method of, 68. Advices concerulDg, 69. Morning preach* iog, 6*2. Rules for continuing or desisting at any place, 66. fre$id$nt uf Conferene*— How appointed, 6U. Duties and Powers of, 60, 5 1 . 'i'o whom amenaule, 6 1 . Provisions in case of death, sick* ness, or inability of, 62. Mode uf Trial, 93. lV0kaMtoMit &f«<^tin^. 48. And Leader's ftketiuj;, 00. Kicordlng Sttfwvrd— 5«« ahuoe. Study — Coume of. for Cnndidate lor tlie MlnSstrr, ^7. Sundoff Sckonl*—Cou»t\tHi\on of S. S. Union, 315. Of Single School 317. For ft Circnit, 219. Suptrannmatnd A/(ni'<(cr«— Gonnldered and recommended in District Itfeet* inv. 38. Qy (Jonference, 32. Allowance to. 111. To Childrvn of. 4U4. Supernnmtrary itfiwifter*— Considered in District Meeting, 39. In the Con- ference, S*i. S*p9rimtendtHl^Qien9xti\ of MiRrionit, 121. Appointed hj tbe Biitinh Gon> ference, ex-oflleio a member of the Stitioning Committtee, 131. SuptrinUnient—Ol a Ci-eait or MisMon, 65. Dutlps <>f ; To appoint and Change Leaders : Receive, try, and expel membern, according to Dincipline ; Prei>ide in quarterly and all other offlelAl meetings ; Kake all nominations to oBice, 66 : Keep a circuit book ; Send quarterly schedule to Chairman, 67. See that all the ooltoettont are duly made, 61. Ezamine the character of Leader'i Quar* terlv, 69. Traet Stfdely— Constitution of 232. i»^;« T/^steM— How appointed, 116, Fur duties of, — See Model De«d, ' CTnirir— Forbidden. 87* ViaUimgf Pm$torml—Wrom bouse to house, 71. Neeessity of, 73. Hinder* ances to, 78. Adrantagea of, 75. Otjeetiont to answered, 75. Direetion^ respecting, 76. tfidowe—Ot deceased Miaisiers allowance to, 111. Wetektp, .PHdUc-Attendanee on eigolned, 89. Direettona for eendoeting, 89. 'i^M , > ■1 ' , '\r lf ; To appoint and mb«>rM, aeeordiog to ir official meetingii ; sireait book ; Send it all the ooltoetloni r of Leadef'i Qaar* M De«d, ty of, 72. Hinder- II to atti#M«d, 7ft. for condttcting, 89. •1 ^*'v-.*.lj42i, •,(»*'.*■ n » # m> IT' ' • I f^ * :,--^^